Home

PERSONAL PAPERLESS DOCUMENT MANAGER v2

1. You can specify any path here provided that you have write access to the chosen folder DesktopDeliveryPSP path syntax supports mapped drives and UNC standards as well Folder watching enable or disable folder watching Parameter FOLDERWATCH 0 1 oo disable folder watching factory default The value 1 is accepted only if you also specify a valid watched folder via the WATCHFOLDER parameter Default email profile specify the default Microsoft Outlook email profile Parameter EMAILPROFILE lt email profile gt You can specify the email profile to be used for email polling 16 Note Email polling cannot be configured during install time for Lotus Notes Email polling enable or disable email polling Parameter EMAILWATCH 0 1 jo disable email polling factory default The value 1 is accepted only if you also specify a valid email profile to watch via the EMAILPROFILE parameter Personalized MFP Scanning Server specify the default Personalized MFP Scanning Server Parameter PSPSRVDEF lt server name or IP Address gt Specify the PSP Server here provided that it is installed lt server name or IP Address gt must not include the leading Personalized MFP Scanning enable or disable the collaboration with the PSP Server Parameter PSPSRVWATCH 0 1 Allow configuring MFP Scanning enable or disable modification of the PSP server settings Parameter PSPALLOWCO
2. What else should know about Windows Firewall PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide 3 Onthe Exceptions tab click Add Port Windows Firewall Advanced Windows Firewall is blocking incoming network connections except for the programs and services selected below Adding exceptions allows some programs to work better but might increase your security risk Programs and Services Name File and Printer Sharing Network Diagnostics for Windows XP Remote Assistance O Remote Desktop O UPrP Framework Add Program Add Pott Delete Display a notification when Windows Firewall blocks a program What are the risks of allowing exceptions Cancel 4 Enter World Wide Web Services HTTP as the name and 80 as the port number Add a Port Use these settings to open a port through Windows Firewall To find the port number and protocol consult the documentation for the program or service you want to use Name World Wide Web Services HTTP Port number 80 cP O uDP What are the risks of opening a port Change scope 10 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide 5 Click OK Windows Firewall General Exceptions Advanced Windows Firewall is blocking incoming network connections except for the Programs and services selected below Adding exceptions allows some programs to work better but might increase yo
3. 2 Name your workflow choose an output file type location and file name 3 Review and optionally change the workflow settings 4 Print the barcode cover page Associate OmniPage with a scanner button must be done only once in the Control Panel See Scanning to OmniPage and workflows on page 39 Chapter 6 File it Assistant 101 Use the workflow 1 Place the printed barcode cover page on top of a document in your scanner 2 Push the OmniPage associated scanner button The document will be converted using steps and settings from the referenced workflow and sent to the location you defined It is possible to use barcode cover pages stored as image files to drive jobs from watched folders Such jobs permit interactive steps like manual zoning and proofing that are not available via the File it Assistant Chapter 6 File it Assistant 102 Technical information This chapter provides troubleshooting and other technical information about using OmniPage 17 Please also read the Readme file and other help topics or visit the Nuance web pages Troubleshooting Although OmniPage is designed to be easy to use problems sometimes occur Many of the error messages contain self explanatory descriptions of what to do check connections close other applications to free up memory and so on Please see your Windows documentation or OmniPage Help for information on optimizing your system and application performance Su
4. CD item 90 degrees to the left right or by 180 degrees _ Straighten Sometimes a document is crooked when scanned a j animage When this occurs you can use the Straighten P and Auto Straighten PSI tools to adjust it Straightening lines of text in a black and white image file will yield better OCR results PaperPort Getting Started Guide 26 g amp Auto enhance PSI Enhance an image P Sharpen an image P Remove red eye P Remove part of an image Resize PSI Remove stray dots PM Improve lines PM Erase outside PS The Auto Enhance feature adjusts the brightness and contrast color and tint of an image or item PaperPort analyzes the image and tries to correct whatever is wrong with it You can manually adjust your image using the Enhance tool It lets you change brightness contrast color and tint values and choose the best result from nine candidates as shown on page 29 Select the Sharpen tool to adjust the sharpness of a blurry picture or blur a sharp image for special effect The Remove Red Eye tool helps you to remove the red eye effect from a selected part of a picture Red Eye may occur when photographing people or animals in low light or with a flash Use the Selection tool to define the part you want to keep and use the Crop tool PS to remove the remainder Select the Eraser tool P to erase an image area that you draw over with the pointer
5. This page intentionally left blank Windows Authentication Service Installation and Configuration Guide Introduction Windows Authorization Service Function When properly configured and functioning the Windows Authentication Service will lock the entire MFP so that it can not be accessed until a user name and password has been entered via the MFP panel User names and passwords are verified against the authorization server and subsequently grant access to the MFP Panel See p 13 for authentication server configuration settings Please note that authorization settings will only affect new users Existing users in the system s address book will retain their existing functionality privileges Authenticated users are granted access rights based on the configuration settings in the Machine Management configuration settings See screen shot on p 7 Selected functions are available to users and unselected functions will display an unauthorized dialog screen when a user attempts to access them Supported MFP Authorization Types The Windows Authorization Service function supports windows authentication and active directory authentication with and without Kerberos Please see the following table for the types of MFP authorization that the Windows Authentication Service supports MFP Authorization Windows Authentication Support User Code Auth Locks the whole MFP with Not Supported a single code Basic Auth Users are stored on the
6. 2 Click on the Configuration link from the Left Navigation Bar to display the Configuration page 3 Click on the Install link under the Extended Feature Settings section 4 Select the Local File radio button and click on the Browse button to display the Choose File window 5 Navigate to the location where the Ricoh_Americas_Corporation_rxconfServlet 2 x x zip file is select it and click on the Open button 6 Click on the Display Extended Feature List button 7 Select the Device HDD option in the Install to drop down menu under the Installation Target Setting section 8 Set the Auto Start radio button to the On position 9 Select the radio button for the Configurator application in the Extended Features List section 10 Click the Install link to install the application p 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 Click OK on the confirmation page to confirm the installation Navigate back to the Configuration page and select the Startup Setting link under the Extended Feature Settings section Verify that the Configurator application is in the applications list and select it using the radio button With the application selected via the radio button click the Start Up Stop button to start the application Verify the application has started up in the Status column of the applications list the status should display the text Starting Up Continue the installation process by installing the Windows Authenticator compon
7. Server Administrator s Guide Select Inbound Rules in the treeview double click on World Wide Web Services HTTP Traffic In Windows Firewall with Advance E3 Inbound Rules E3 Outbound Rules Siz Connection Security Rules gt amp Monitoring Inbound Rules Name Windows Management Instrumentation indows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Media Player UDP In Windows Media Player Network Sharing S Windows Media Player Network Sharing S Windows Media Player Network Sharing S Windows Remote Management Compati Windows Remote Management HTTP In Windows Remote Management HTTP In Wireless Portable Devices SSDP In reless Portable Devices UPni Windows Media Player Network Sharing S Windows Media Player Network Sharing S Windows Media Player Network Sharing S Windows Media Player Network Sharing S Windows Media Player Network Sharing S Windows Media Player Network Sharing S Windows Media Player Network Sharing S indows Media Player Network Sharing S Windows Media Player Network Sharing S indows Media Player Network Sharing S Windows Media Player Network Sharing S indows Media Player Network Sharing S Windows Peer to Peer Collaboration Foun indows Peer to Peer Collaboration Fou
8. Choose Custom only if you want to add your own folders to the supplied PaperPort folders during installation You can add folders later see page 24 lt Activating PaperPort Most versions of PaperPort 12 and the associated PDF Viewer Plus require activation For activation and deactivation you need web access You will be invited to activate the product at the end of installation Choose from automatic or manual activation The recommended choice is automatic then PaperPort and the PDF Viewer with PDF Create for the Professional product are activated together Provided your serial number is found at its storage location and has been correctly PaperPort Getting Started Guide 6 entered no user interaction is required and no personal information is transmitted Manual activation requires interaction and the two programs must be activated separately If you do not activate the product at installation time you will be invited to do this each time you invoke the program PaperPort 12 0 and the PDF Viewer can be launched only five times without activation Registration Registration enables you to take full advantage of Nuance product support and to receive notifications of product updates When you finish installing PaperPort you are prompted to register online If you want to update your registration information you can always go to the Nuance web site at http www nuance com Learning PaperPort This guide introduces you to
9. Enlarge or reduce thumbnail size e Copy and move selected pages to a Workspace as separate PDF files e Copy and move pages between documents open in different panes e Copy paste cut delete and reorder pages e Insert new pages at a certain location in the document e Append new pages at the end The Page Thumbnail view of a secure PDF is only available by supplying its _ password ra Two part desktop paoressioug When you first start PaperPort Professional 12 the desktop appears split into two Workspaces top and bottom This layout gives you a better oversight necessary to organize and combine your documents more effectively even in a cross folder fashion Right click the active Workspace or use the Change View button to change the way of viewing If you work with documents containing multiple pages you can use the corresponding function pane to view page thumbnails without having to open the given document You can also use these desktop areas to view your folders or the properties of the selected item To remove the desktop split open the Desktop menu and uncheck the Split Desktop menu item or click the Split Desktop icon Getting to Know PaperPort 17 You can also bookmark the Workspaces of your choice by using the Bookmark Workspace command from the Desktop menu To manage them use the Organize Bookmarks command Getting to a frequently used Workspace is just a mouseclick away since they are all displaye
10. PDF 1 6 Save to PDF version 1 6 for enhanced security markup and attachment embedding functionality PDF A Choose to create PDF A compliant files to be confident that files display identically regardless of the computer environment and remain readable even after many years of technological evolution Tagged PDF Create a tagged PDF file to preserve its structure This will ensure logical reading order correct table structure and more Chapter 5 Saving recognition results 81 PDF MRC Use this high compression technology for good quality and smaller file size Available for color and grayscale PDF Images or PDF Searchable Images Linearized PDF Choose this to create PDF files optimized for fast loading and display when embedded in web pages Password protection In OmniPage Professional you can set a type and level of encryption and then define an Open password and or a Permissions password for PDF files A smaller range of choices is available for saving to XPS files provided that you have Microsoft NET Framework 3 0 installed Converting from PDF To extract text content from a PDF file load it into OmniPage recognize it and save the results to a text format A variety of outputs is also available from a PDF file shortcut menu Word Excel RTF WordPerfect or text For more options use the Convert Now Wizard Creating PDF files from other applications The Nuance PDF Create product supplied with OmniPage Prof
11. Resize an image or item and or change its resolution or define these settings for a scanning profile Colors can also be converted or inverted Scanned images sometimes include dots or speckles The Remove Stray Dots tool automatically finds and removes such dirt from a page Use it for better OCR results on black and white images The Improve Lines tool for black and white images darkens lines and connects broken lines in a table or form to appear darker and straighter The use of this tool will render better recognition results Use this tool to clear shadows and spots from page edges to improve OCR performance Called Erase Edges in the Scan profile There is also an Erase Inside tool P Touching Up Images 27 Set white Click this tool then click on a light color in the point P image that will become the white point See below e Set black Click this tool then click on a dark color in the point image that will become the black point The colors P chosen for the new white and black points are displayed on the Status bar Apply Click this tool to apply the new black and white current points to the current image P or item 1 If the black and result is not acceptable undo your changes and pick white new values points Changing the black and white points You can do this to improve image quality by removing the very dark and overexposed areas All colors lighter than your chosen new white point will become
12. Select items to manage then press OK User Management Machine Management Network Management File Management Admin Authentication fo Off D gt Available Settings Administrator Tools Cannot connect to the server for rernote diagnostics 7 NOY 7 er N g be OA Contact the administrator System Status Job List 3 50PM p 8 5 Press User Authentication Management from System Settings screen Ge System Settings General Tray Paper Timer Interface Features Settings Settings Settings User Authentication Management Extended Security Enhanced Authentication Management Auto Delete File in Document Server OM Administrator Authentication Management Delete All Files in Document Server Program Change Administrator File Transfer Key Counter Management External Charge Unit Management Enhanced Exter nal Charge nit Man agement 6 Select LDAP Auth User Authentication Management Select an authentication method then press OK User Code Auth Basic Auth Windows Auth LDAP Auth Integration Svr Auth Off P LDAP Servers Not Programm K Not Programmed X Not Programmer X Not Programmed X Not Prograrnme SSL setting for encrypted communication can be changed in Program Change LDAP Server screen 1 3 Printer Job Authentication Entire Simple Limitation Simple ALD A Previous Y Next Cannot connect to the server for rernote d
13. 2010 Nuance Communications Inc All rights reserved 2010 Ricoh Americas Corporation All rights reserved Printed in the United States of America Nuance and the Nuance logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications Inc or its affiliates in the United States and other countties Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Other product names and images used in this guide may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies and are hereby acknowledged Personal Paperless Document Manager 2 Getting Started Guide Product documentation Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 is shipped with the following documentation a Getting Started Guide this guide Consult it for product overview and installation information a DesktopDeliveryPSP Guide this is a separate PDF located at the PPDMDesktopDelivery folder on the desktop disk It contains information on DesktopDeliveryPSP usage a Server Administrator s Guide this PDF can be found in the pocs folder on the server disk Consult it for comprehensive technical information as well as for the administrator installation of the server component Installing Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 To install the desktop side components of Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 you need Administrator rights on the target computer For instructions on how to install the server side compone
14. Click Remove to uninstall the program or Change to auto repair it This removes all three components of PDF Converter Professional A de activation step is performed at the start of uninstallation allowing you to reinstall the program later without re activation problems De activation requires web access Pa NUANCE www nuance com Copyright 2010 Nuance Communications Inc All rights reserved Subject to change without prior notice Nuance the Nuance logo Logical Form Recognition OmniP age and True Page are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications Inc or its affiliates in the United States of America and or other countries All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners This software is protected by US and International patents and copyright laws The word verification spelling and hyphenation portions of this product are based in part on Proximity Linguistic Technology The Proximity Hyphenation System Copyright 1988 All Rights Reserved Franklin Electronic Publishers Inc See the detailed acknowledgment in Help INS O Vantage Research dictionaries International CorrectSpell spelling correction system 1993 by Lernout amp Hauspie The software accompanying this documentis based in part on the work of the Independent J PEG Group Colosseum Builders Inc and the FreeType Team The software was developed using Kakadu software and the Zlib compression library AES encryption d
15. Image editing in PDF Converter Professional 6 When using PDF Converter Professional 6 image editing is started in a slightly different way than in PDF Viewer Instead of the Select Image tool you should use the Touch up Object tool to select the object Then the shortcut menu offers Edit image Third party licenses For third party licenses please see the legal section of the PaperPort Help This page intentionally left blank NUANCE PaperPor 12 Welcome Nuance PaperPort is a desktop document management software package that helps you scan organize access share and manage both your paper and digital documents on your personal computer The PaperPort desktop provides large clear thumbnails that allow you to visually organize retrieve assemble and use all your documents including scanned paper photographs word processing files spreadsheets and PDF files What s New in PaperPort 12 PaperPort 12 includes a number of valuable new features to help you manage your documents Improved PDF performance PDF files can now be opened more speedily and displayed in PDF Viewer Plus a newly developed Nuance PDF handling application that is fully compatible with Adobe Acrobat PDF Viewer Plus opens files much faster than the general purpose ImageViewer also available in PaperPort 12 reducing memory requirements and permitting smaller file sizes The new viewer optimizes the rendering resolution for
16. One character ata time forward or Right or left arrow Letter number or back punctuation names are spoken Current word Ctrl Numpad 1 One word to the right Ctrl right arrow One word to the left Ctrl left arrow A single line Place the insertion point in the line Next line Down arrow Previous line Up arrow Current sentence Ctrl Numpad 2 From insertion point to end of sentence Ctrl Numpad 6 From start of sentence to insertion Ctrl Numpad 4 point Current page Ctrl Numpad 3 From top of current page to insertion point Ctrl Home From insertion point to end of Ctrl End current page Chapter 4 Reading text aloud 70 Ctrl PgUp PgDown or navigation buttons Previous next or any page Each typed character is pronounced Typed characters separately The Text to Speech facility is enabled or disabled with the Tools menu item Speech Mode or with the F10 key A second menu item Speech Settings allows you to select a voice for example male or female for a given language a reading speed and the volume You must ensure the language selection is appropriate for the text you want to hear You also have the following keyboard controls To do this Use this Pause Resume Ctrl Numpad 5 Set speed higher Ctrl Numpad Set speed lower Ctrl Numpad Restore speed Ctrl Numpad All speech systems will be installed with OmniPage 17
17. appear on the Kindle device registered to that account See Sending to Kindle on page 83 Batch Manager The Batch Manager is a separate but integrated program oP to let you create jobs to be processed immediately or at some time in the future By choosing steps carefully you can set up jobs that can run unattended A job executes a Chapter 6 Batch Manager 91 workflow according to the job settings Jobs are created in the Job Wizard In OmniPage Professional 17 you have the following additional Batch Manager capabilities Setting job timing and recurrence Folder watching for incoming image files E mail inbox watching for incoming attachments Outlook and Lotus Notes e E mail notification of job completion to specified recipients Driving workflows with barcodes Creating new jobs Open the Batch Manager from the Process Menu or from your system by choosing Start gt All Programs gt Nuance OmniPage 17 gt OmniPage Batch Manager or from the OmniPage Agent on the taskbar Creating a job is basically timing a workflow To do this xK start the Batch Manager as described above and click the Create Job icon or choose Create Job from the File menu The Job Wizard starts First you need to define your job type You can create five different types instances of two basic categories Normal and Watch type Normal and Watch type jobs may have a recurrence pattern The latter are tailored to monitor a sp
18. display your current settings You can choose to protect your document by passwords or Certificate security at different levels Searching and Indexing Documents You can carry out text searches in the currently open PDF all PDFs ina given folder or on a pre built index file Searches can be done using a single string multiple search strings patterns or masks Use the Organizer to specify the search criteria A PDF Index file zpi is a searchable archive of PDF documents Click Document gt Indexing to create a new index modify an existing one or to work with embedded indexes Windows Desktop Search Microsoft offers a Windows Desktop Search facility to search through files of different types in specified folders PDF Converter Professional provides WDS with the added benefit of including PDF files in these searches this includes image only PDFs Reading Text Aloud Use the command Read PDF in the Tools menu to have the PDF text read aloud Choose the current next or previous paragraph or page or the whole remaining document Choose Properties to set the rate and volume You can also save the PDF text to a sound file in the wav format This facility is powered by the Nuance RealSpeak Solo Text to Speech engine PDF Optimizer Optimize your PDF to best fit its purpose Click Tools gt Optimize PDF and specify target requirements such as fast web view object and image compression scanned page settings font embedding and more Yo
19. rotate group or prioritize them To modify tag data select an object right click for a shortcut menu and choose Properties Tag 19 Form Tools toolbar Use this toolbar when working with forms You can add the displayed form controls to a PDF form Other tools enable you to highlight or reset form fields and set the tab order FormTyper Use this the last button on the right to have form elements detected and automatically activated so you turn a static PDF into a fillable form Comments toolbar Note Add a note to the PDF note conversations are possible when PDF files are shared Sort notes by author type date and more Text Box Click this to add a text box above the other content on the PDF page Callout Add customizable callouts to your document Text Markup Use different markup tools on the selected text Highlight Select from the shown highlighting tools Attach Attach a file or a sound file to the PDF with an icon at a specified location Drawing Draw different shapes on the page Use a shortcut menu to signal complete when drawing multi sided shapes Security toolbar X X v Security panel Click this to set passwords and other security measures for the PDF Digital Signatures Sign or certify your document custom signature schemes and signature time stamping are available Mark Redaction Black out confidential information in your text available only in the Enterprise version see
20. 1986 1988 William Collins Sons amp Co Ltd Copyright 1984 1985 1986 1988 Franklin Electronic Publishers Inc Words are checked against the 136 771 150 893 178 839 207 119 212 565 and 194 393 word Proximity Collins Linguibases The Proximity Van Dale Dutch Lingubase Copyright 1987 Van Dale Lexicografie bv Copyright 1987 Franklin Electronic Publishers Inc Words are checked against the 119 614 word Proximity Van Dale Linguibase The Proximity Munksgaard Danish Linguibase Copyright 1988 Munksgaard International Publishers Ltd Copyright 1988 Franklin Electronic Publishers Inc Words are checked against the 113 000 word Proximity Munksgaard Linguibase The Proximity IDE Norwegian and Swedish Linguibases Copyright 1988 IDE a s Copyright 1988 Franklin Electronic Publishers Inc Words are checked against the 126 123 and 150 000 word Proximity IDE Linguibases INSO Vantage Research dictionaries International CorrectSpell spelling correction system 1993 by Lernout amp Hauspie Slovenian Speller Database copyright 2002 Ambeis d o 0 Esperanto dictionary based on compilation by Toon Witkam and Stefan MacGill Asian OCR capabilities are jointly developed by the Beijing Wintone Information Technology Corporation Ltd and Nuance Communications Inc All rights reserved International Components for Unicode ICU project Copyright 1995 2009 International Business Machines Corporation and others This s
21. 3 Accept or change the default target folder and file name in the Save As dialog box that appears 4 Tocreate a PDF and attach a copy of it to an e mail click 5 To change creation properties click You can choose whether or not to have comments and hyperlinks transferred to the PDF and bookmarks created In Excel each worksheet becomes a bookmark and in PowerPoint each slide Choose Embed Metadata to transfer document information from the source document into the PDF 14 Create PDFs in mailing applications A new toolbar is added to Microsoft Outlook and Lotus Notes versions 7 0 and 8 5 L Click amp to convert the attachments in the current message to PDF and save them to a defined folder 2 Click to access settings Choose to have all attachments converted in the background and sent to the last used folder or to be able to choose which attachments to convert and to change the target folder 3 Click Gaal in the Nuance toolbar in a new message or a reply window to choose one or more files from your computer to be converted to PDF and attached to the message NOTE If you do not see the buttons HSA in Word Excel or PowerPoint go to View gt Toolbars and select Nuance PDF Create PDFs from Intemet Explorer 1 Open a web page you want to capture as a PDF 2 Click the Create PDF button amp and choose to make a PDF from the web page or to add its content to an existing PDF or to create a PDF and att
22. 96 managing 95 96 modifying 94 notification of completion 92 page limit 94 recurrent 98 running 95 96 running without prompts 93 Status 95 96 timing instructions 98 J oining zones 52 K Kindle 8 83 Korean 61 L Language choices verified 62 Languages 61 106 Launch target application 77 workflows from desktop 88 Layout description 40 Layout retention 57 Layout auto detect 40 Legal dictionaries 58 61 Legal documents 41 Letter outline strengthening 45 Levels of formatting 57 Line tool F 72 Linearized PDF 82 Links to web pages 67 Loading Image Enhancement templates 47 image files 34 images from Windows Explorer 37 images with Easy Loader 26 36 training files 65 user dictionaries 60 zone templates 42 53 Lotus Notes 92 93 98 M ail 83 ailbox watching 98 anaging jobs 95 96 anual 3D deskewing 46 Manual deskewing 46 Manual training 64 Manual zoning 48 OmniPage 17 User s Guide 113 arked words in Editor 56 arkers 56 58 arking text 69 aximising workspace 24 aximum image sizes 35 edical dictionaries 58 61 emory requirements 11 105 icrosoft NET Framework 75 82 icrosoft Outlook 83 92 93 98 icrosoft Word opening PDF files in 82 inimum image sizes 35 inimum system requirements 11 odifying image quality 42 jobs 94 tables 53 66 zone templates 54 zones 51 N 2 0 0 odifying workflows 91 RC compression 82 S Word 2007 support 12 ulticolumn areas 67
23. Address 3 Click the Add Device button 4 Anew row is added to the table with the device information and the PPDM application is automatically installed on the device 5 Check the icons in the Status column to see if the device and the PPDM application are up and running correctly If automatic installation was not successful or if you want to uninstall the PPDM application from the device proceed as follows 6 Click the Configure icon the blue wrench in the Actions column associated with the new device 7 The Device Configuration page is displayed with the IP Address and name of the new device 8 Click the Install PPDM button 9 Anew row is added to the table and the Install PPDM button changes to Uninstall PPDM Removing Devices To remove a device 1 Goto the Devices page choose the Devices tab at the top and click the Delete icon in the Actions column 2 The device is removed from the system and the PPDM application is automatically uninstalled from the device 3 The table at the bottom is updated to reflect this change Uninstalling The PPDM Application From A Device To uninstall the PPDM application from a device do this 1 Goto the Devices page choose the Devices tab at the top and click the Configure icon in the Actions column 2 The Device configuration page is displayed 3 Click the Uninstall PPDM button 4 The application gets uninstalled from the device The table at the bottom is updated to
24. Amazon The Kindle Assistant in the Tools menu lets you create a simple workflow that sends recognition results to a Kindle account at Amazon these results are optimized for reader display and appear on the Kindle device registered to that account To prepare a Kindle workflow 1 Have your Kindle reader and its associated e mail address on hand Chapter 5 Sending pages by mail 83 2 Choose Kindle Assistant in the Tools menu 3 Type ina name for the new workflow Choose a document source Scan Load files or Load digital camera files With file input you will be prompted to choose input files when the workflow starts running 5 Enter the e mail address linked to your Kindle reader Provide a name for the output file All recognition results enter a single file 7 Choose Save to save the workflow for later use or Save and Run to immediately run the workflow and transfer its results to your Kindle device This simple workflow has three steps acquire images perform OCR and send to Kindle All settings take either default values or values optimized for Kindle When you run the Kindle Assistant for the first time a customized output converter is created called Kindle Document It converts colored items to grayscale pictures to 72 dpi and sets Formatted Text to remove any columns This converter is then available for later processing with or without workflows You can modify the Kindle workflow using the Workfl
25. Direct OCR facility See How to set up Direct OCR in the Processing Documents chapter Right click on one or more image file icons or file names in Wndows Explorer for a shortcut menu Select OmniPage 17 and choose a target format or the Convert Now Wizard or a workflow from its sub menu The files will be processed according to the workflow instructions See the Workflows chapter Click the OmniPage Agent icon on the taskbar Choose a workflow to start the program and run the workflow Use OmniPage 17 with Nuance s PaperPort document management product to add OCR services See How to use OmniPage with PaperPort in the Using OmniPage chapter Registering your software Nuance s online registration runs at the end of installation Please ensure web access is available We provide an easy electronic form that can be completed in less than five minutes When the form is filled click Submit If you did not register the software during Chapter 1 Registering your software 17 installation you will be periodically invited to register later You can go to Www nuance com to register online Click on Support and from the main support screen choose Register in the left hand column For a statement on the use of your registration data please see Nuance s Privacy Policy Activating OmniPage You will be invited to activate the product at the end of installation Please ensure that web access is available Provided y
26. Draw a zone The background changes to ignore Draw text table or graphic zones to enclose areas you want manually zoned Click the Chapter 3 Zones and backgrounds 48 Process background tool shown to set a process background Draw ignore zones over parts of the page you do not need After recognition the page will return with an ignore background and new zones round all elements found on the background Auto zoning vertical text If you set Japanese Korean or Chinese as the recognition language auto zoning will find text blocks and detect the text direction Vertical Asian text appears horizontally in the Text Editor but can be exported as vertical see Chapter 4 page 61 Auto zoning detects vertical texts in non Asian languages in table cells and anywhere on Normal PDF or XPS pages Multi line detection is possible in these cases For image only PDF and XPS files and for all other image file or scanner input auto detection works with the following conditions e It must be only a single line of text e It must be on the left or right of a diagram or picture or e It must be situated on the left or right edge of the page it does not have to extend over the full height of the page Vertical text outside tables can be manually zoned as described below This allows multiple vertical lines to be handled correctly Vertical texts can be viewed and edited with a vertical cursor in the Text Editor using True Page In othe
27. Estate D Current Desktop Articles Bank Statements Business Cards Faxes Welcome Personal Paperless Ready to S w jt The last list item in the table is always Other folders workflows profiles set by Administrator These are to remind you that you may find additional destinations workflows and or profiles on the device panel provided that your system administrator has set them up for you OCR Module Workflows OCR Module Workflows allow you to apply multiple document conversion options into a single setting that can be pushed to the device panel as a button Document conversion options include file format settings conversion methods and additional document destination preferences Scanner setting choices available in OCR Module workflows are not used by Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 To create selectable scanner preferences you will need to create or modify Desktop Module Scanning Profiles For information on creating and modifying workflows consult your PPDM OCR Module documentation Scanning profiles Desktop Module Scanner Profiles allow you to combine multiple scanning settings and image enhancements into a single setting that can be pushed to the device panel as a button The Scanner Profiles will override the default scanning settings of the device including resolution paper size color depth and other settings where applicable to your particular device Image corrections k
28. Exit button on the device screen to close the Extended Feature Settings screen 6 Press the Exit button on the device screen again to close the User Tools Counters Enquiry screen 7 Press the Other Function hardware button on the device again 3 Ifauthentication is turned off that is you did not have to type in your user name and password beforehand at this point you will need to select your name from the list of registered users and press the Login button 12 4 The Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 application main screen displays showing your Desktop Module folders OCR Module Workflows and Desktop Module Scanning Profiles 5 If your system administrator has set up default destinations workflows and profiles for you these items will also appear on the device panel under your personal items Welcome Personal Paperless Ready to Scan your job Document Manager v2 PaperPort Folders OmmniPage Workflows bS PaperPort Profiles Current Desktop None gt None gt My PaperPort gt To Excel 5 gt BS Document gt Articles gt To Word gt Grayscale Document D Bark Statements E To Searchable POF Color Document gt Business Cards gt Hichlight to Word gt Color Photograph Faxes 5 gt Word to SharePoint Color POF MRC High tore tore tore To specify your settings see the section Personalized MFP Scanning Wizard Button in this guide Clicking the S
29. File e Launch Internet Explorer or any other browser e Enterthe URL http lt IP address gt lt Port number gt where lt IP address gt is that of the device and lt Port number gt is the 7th lt argument gt in the Ppppm DaLP file e Download the log file 48 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Systemout e Use the Remote Log Sender application to collect log information Typical errors The following section presents typical error scenarios with suggestions on how to solve them Error The interactive installer alerts you that IIS is not installed Description IIS is a prerequisite but it is not found on the computer Solution Install IIS and restart the interactive installation Error Installation Order Conflict NET Framework 2 0 and IIS Server Error in PPDM Application The current identity lt machine name gt ASPNET does not have write access to C WINDOWS Microsoft NET Framework v2 0 50727 Temporary ASP NET Files or Failed to access IIS metabase Description If IIS is installed after the NET 2 0 Framework installation the framework registration into IIS is not performed correctly In this case an additional manual registration step is needed to avoid the error message Solution C WINDOWS Microsoft NET Framework v2 0 50727 gt aspnet_regiis i nabl Error installer error message Description The installer display
30. Guide 5 PaperPort installation comprises three elements that are installed in a single process e PaperPort program includes ImageViewer Scan Direct and Wizard e PDF Viewer Plus in PaperPort Professional this includes PDF Create e PaperPort image printer PDF Viewer Plus is not installed if the top line Nuance product PDF Converter Professional is detected on the computer version 5 3 or above because it provides all the functionality of PDF Viewer Plus and much more additionally Click Autorun select an installation language accept or change the program location If PDF Viewer Plus Create is to be installed you have two checkmarks Set Nuance PDF as your default viewer for Windows and Internet Explorer This sets PDF Viewer Plus as your system default PDF viewer PDF files on the PaperPort desktop are by default opened in a Nuance PDF product If you select this option PDF files that are double clicked anywhere on your system will open in PDF Viewer Plus Install all Nuance PDF button and menu application add ins This places a Nuance PDF ribbon or toolbar in Microsoft Word Excel PowerPoint Outlook and Internet and Windows Explorer and Corel WordPerfect allowing PDF Create to make PDF files from the current document or mail attachment or web page Go to Control Panel Add Remove programs to later enable or disable these add ins individually Autorun then starts the installer It offers a Complete or a Custom installation
31. Not Supported MFP Windows Auth NTLM Supported LDAP Auth Active Directory with and Supported without Kerberos Integration Server Auth ze 4 Not Supported Install Configuration Overview To Install the Windows Authentication Service first insure that the Java Platform is installed followed by the activation of the SDK Certification Device service on the MFP via the Service Mode The MFP should then be configured with authentication settings followed by the final step of installing and configuring the Windows Authentication Service These steps are described in detail in the following sections of this document p 2 Installation Requirements Supported Devices This is a partial listing Refer to the PPDM v2 Product Support Guide and TSRC website www tscweb net for current MFP supported devices Java CVM 4 x Aficio MP 4000 5000 Aficio MP 2550 3350 Aficio MP C6000 C7500 Java CVM 2 x Aficio MP C3500 C4500 Aficio MP C2500 C3000 C2000 Aficio MP 9000 1100 1350 Aficio MP Pro 906EX Pro 1106EX Pro 1356EX Aficio MP 5500 6500 7500 Aficio MP 6000 7000 8000 Server Version Windows 2003 Server standard p 3 Installing the Java Platform 1 Power Off the machine N Insert Java CVM card described in the previous section into Slot 3 of the machine Power On the machine Wait 5 minutes for all the components to be automatically installed Power cycle the MFP wait another 5 minutes f
32. PDF files in the Page Thumbnails pane both on your PaperPort desktop and in the ImageViewer One quick way to locate your PaperPort items is to visually browse through the item thumbnails on your PaperPort desktop Thumbnails show you what s in a document without having to open it Thumbnails also give you the ability to scroll through the pages of a document without opening it PaperPort shows large clear thumbnails of all your documents and photos including e Scanned pages and photos e Photos from your digital camera e Image files in formats such as BMP TIFF JPEG GIF and MAX e Microsoft Word PowerPoint Excel Word Perfect and other documents created in popular software programs e PDF documents e PDF Image items e HTML documents Getting to Know PaperPort 15 Each item thumbnail appears with an icon that identifies the program in which it was created or is currently associated This makes it easy and convenient to quickly see and find all the different types of items on your computer Click on a thumbnail to see image attributes A small R icon indicates that the Read only attribute is set for that item A small icon indicates that the image has annotations Multi page image items show N to let you scroll through the pages even with the Page Thumbnails pane closed Before you can work with an item you must first select its thumbnail on the PaperPort desktop A red border appears around an item
33. PaperPort and shows you how PaperPort can help you manage your information Additional sources of information to help you learn how to use PaperPort include a comprehensive Help system the How to Guides Release Notes and the Nuance web site Access these from the Help ribbon Using this Guide This guide is written with the assumption that you know how to work in the Microsoft Windows environment Please refer to your Windows documentation if you have questions about how to use dialog boxes menu commands scroll bars drag and drop functionality shortcut menus and so on Using Help The PaperPort Help includes detailed information on features settings and procedures Help is available from the PaperPort Help ribbon PaperPort Getting Started Guide 7 Additional technical support including technical notes software updates product information and product support issues and mote is available also from the PaperPort Help ribbon PDF Viewer Plus and also PDF Converter Professional have their own Help systems that include guidance on PDF creation Using release notes PaperPort Release Notes provide important information about this release of the program This document is included on the installation CD from the PaperPort Help ribbon and as a sample document on the PaperPort desktop Technical Support Nuance offers both complimentary and fee based technical support options designed to meet your individual needs Our serv
34. Removing workflow steps 91 Removing zone templates 54 Repeated exporting 75 Replacing zone templates 54 Requirements for Asian language sup port 12 Requirements for input images 35 Resetting views 23 Resolution 76 105 Resolution E 46 Retaining paragraph styles 77 Re training 64 Rotate E 45 Running Batch Manager jobs 94 jobs without prompts 93 workflows 87 S Safe mode 104 Sample image files 104 Saturation Hue E 45 Saving and launching 77 as OmniP age Document 75 documents 75 options 79 original images 76 PDF files 80 recognition results 77 text 77 to file 76 to mail 83 to multiple file types 79 training files 65 user dictionaries 60 zone templates 54 Saving and applying Image Enhance ment templates 47 Scanners 106 drivers 15 duplex 39 setting up 14 Scanning 38 input from 38 pictures 38 to workflows 39 101 Wizard 14 Scheduled processing 91 Searchable PDF 81 Searching PDF output 81 Select Area E 44 Selection tool F 72 Send to Back tool F 73 Sending pages by mail 83 to Clipboard 75 to Kindle 83 SET tools 43 defining an area 44 OmniPage 17 User s Guide 116 Setting up a scanner 14 Setting up DirectOCR 33 Settings Acquire Text 33 for DirectOCR 33 Options dialog box 28 zone types 53 Settings for workflows 89 SharePoint 85 Simplified UI 25 Single column pages with tables 41 Sizes for input images 35 Skipping interactive job steps 93 Slow recogniti
35. SOFTWARE PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT LICENSEE AND NOT NUANCE OR ITS SUPPLIERS LICENSORS OR RESELLERS ASSUMES THE ENTIRE COST OF ANY SERVICE AND REPAIR THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS AGREEMENT NO USE OF THE SOFTWARE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER SOME STATES OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY MAY LAST SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU LIMITATION OF LIABILITY TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT WILL NUANCE OR ITS SUPPLIERS OR LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL WORK STOPPAGE COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION OR ANY AND ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF AND REGARDLESS OF THE LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE UPON WHICH THE CLAIM IS BASED IN ANY CASE NUANCE S AND ITS SUPPLIERS AND LICENSORS ENTIRE LIABILITY UNDER ANY PROVISION OF THIS Nuance Communications Inc End User License Agreement Revised October 2010 AGREEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED IN THE AGGREGATE THE SUM OF THE FEES LICENSEE PAID FOR THIS LICENSE IF ANY WITH THE EXCEPTION OF DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF NUANCE TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE L
36. ScanDirect 49 Uninstalling PaperPort For a full uninstallation three PaperPort components should be removed one after the other in any order The components are PaperPort 12 PaperPort Image Printer and PDF Viewer Plus Removing only the image printer and or the PDF Viewer will cause PaperPort to function incorrectly 1 Select Add Remove Programs from the Control Panel 2 Select Nuance PaperPort 12 0 3 Click Remove to uninstall the program 4 Repeat this for the remaining components 5 A computer re start is needed to complete the removal A de activation step is performed at the start of un installation allowing you to reinstall the program later without re activation problems De activation and re activation require web access PaperPort is protected by the following US patents and foreign counterparts 6 262 732 5 077 807 5 235 651 5 261 009 5 278 918 5 278 920 5 347 595 5 381 489 5 436 983 5 657 397 5 778 092 5 862 259 6 038 342 and 6 047 251 PaperPort Getting Started Guide 50 If you cannot resolve a problem e Read the Troubleshooting tips in the PPDM Desktop Module online help e Read the PPDM Desktop Module Release Notes On the PPDM Desktop Module Help menu click Release Notes e Read the Troubleshooting documentation provided with your scanner or digital camera e Refer to the latest product support information at www nuance com The web site provides information as well as third party programs
37. SharePoint the server login and password information must be provided only once per session and it is offered in each subsequent session If an ODMA compliant Document Management System DMS is detected in your computing environment it will be offered If you have access to more than one DMS the system default will apply The ODMA server must be pre configured to accept the file types to be exported from OmniPage Professional as defined by their extensions See Help for more information on these targets Chapter 5 Other export targets 85 Workflows A workflow contains a series of processing steps and their settings It can be saved for repeated use whenever you have a task needing the same processing Workflows usually begin with a scanning or loading step but they can also start from the document currently open in OmniPage After that they do not have to conform to the traditional 1 2 3 processing pattern Usually a workflow will include a recognition step but this is not compulsory For instance page images can be saved to image files in a different file type or to an OmniPage Document With or without OCR any number of saving steps are possible even to different targets each with their own export settings Workflows are designed for efficient whole document processing They can also handle recognizing or saving single or selected pages from a document Some workflows run without user interaction Workflows needing inte
38. The virtual directory properties dialog appears Select the Directory Security pane Click the Edit button under the Anonymous access and authentication control section The Authentication Methods dialog displays Uncheck the Anonymous access checkbox 39 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide 9 Check the Integrated Windows authentication checkbox admin Properties ae Authentication Methods Anonymous access HTTP Headers Custom Errors ASP NET iy ital Deckard Te No user name password required to access this resource Virtual Directory Documents Directory Security Anonymous access and authentication control Account used for anonymous access User name Enable anonymous access and edit the amp 5 authentication methods for this resource Password IP address and domain name restrictions 8 Authenticated access For the following authentication methods user name and password are required when anonymous access is disabled or access is restricted using NTFS access control lists Secure communications Basic authentication password is sent in clear text Require secure communications and SB enable client certificates when this resource is accessed Default domain Bealm v Integrated Windows authentication Cancel 10 Click OK to close the Authentication Methods dialog 11 Select the ASP NET
39. aaa Allow 2 3 minutes for the page to display Select the Active Directory with Kerberos Authentication Kerberos LDAP radio option Enter a kdc value in the Key Distribution Center text field Enter the realm in the Realm text field Enter the MFP Admin password in the MFP Admin password text field and click the Set Authentication Settings button note that the default admin password on MFP s is ricoh if it has not already been set p 13 7 Close the browser Un installation of the Windows Authentication Service The uninstall procedure begins with stopping the components if they are running and removing them from the MFP Please note that the windows authenticator must be removed before rxconf 1 2 10 11 12 Log into the MFP s Web Image Monitor s Interface as the Administrator Click on the Configuration link from the Left Navigation Bar to display the Configuration page Click on the Startup Setting link under the Extended Feature Settings section Select the radio button for the WindowsAuthenticator application in the Extended Features List section and click the Start Up Stop button to stop the application Navigate back to the Configuration Page and click on the Uninstall link under the Extended Feature Settings section Select the radio button for the WindowsAuthenticator application in the Extended Features List section and click the Uninstall button Navigate back to the Configuration Page
40. and displays the ScanDirect bar Click for options Single or multiple pages Scroll right for more icons Scan Scan to PaperPort ScanDirect bar with icons for lesktop all scanning targets Using ScanDirect you can scan an item and immediately send it to either e A program on the ScanDirect Send To bar Icons on the ScanDirect bar represent the programs that are linked to PaperPort and to ScanDirect To scan and then send an item to a certain program click the program icon and then scan the item ScanDirect will automatically start that program when the scan is complete e The PaperPort desktop To scan and then work with the item in PaperPort click the PaperPort icon and then scan the item When the scan is complete PaperPort starts and displays the item in PaperPort You can then use all of PaperPort s features on the item When ScanDirect is used to scan to other programs it always works through the scanner s own user interface the scan profiles in PaperPort are not used When ScanDirect is used to scan items to the PaperPort desktop the output is determined by the output setting for the previous scan if it created an image item the current scan will also do this and if it created a text type document such as DOC XLS WPD TXT or CSV the current scan will create a PDF Image which you can make searchable as already described In PaperPort Professional you can scan items directly to Microsoft SharePoint Using
41. and click on the Startup Setting link under the Extended Feature Settings section Select the radio button for the Configurator application in the Extended Features List section and click the Start Up Stop button to stop the application Navigate back to the Configuration Page and click on the Uninstall link under the Extended Feature Settings section Select the radio button for the Configurator application in the Extended Features List section and click the Uninstall button Navigate back to the Configuration Page and click on the Home link in the top left navigation menu Click on the Reset device to restart the MFP p 14 Un installation of the Java Platform 1 Press User Tools Hard Key Press System Settings Soft key Press Administrator Tools Press Administrator Authentication Management un BR W N Press User Authentication Management from System Settings screen e System Settings General Tray Paper Timer Interface File Features Settings Settings Settings Transfer User Authentication Management Extended Security Enhanced Authentication Management Auto Delete File in Document Server META Administrator Authentication Management Delete All Files in Document Server Program Change Administrator Key Counter Managernent External Charge Unit Management Enhanced External Charge Unit Management Dl Ae a Previous W Next
42. any provision in this Agreement should be held illegal or unenforceable by a court having jurisdiction such provision shall be modified to the extent necessary to render it enforceable without losing its intent or severed from this Agreement if no such modification is possible and the other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect The controlling language of this Agreement is English The Licensee agrees to bear any and all costs of interpreters if necessary If Licensee has received a translation into another language it has been provided for Licensee s convenience only A waiver by either party of any term or condition of this Agreement or any breach thereof in any one instance shall not waive such term or condition or any subsequent breach thereof The provisions of this Agreement that require or contemplate performance after the expiration or termination of this Agreement shall be enforceable notwithstanding such expiration or termination Licensee may not assign or otherwise transfer by operation of law or otherwise this Agreement or any rights or obligations herein except to an acquirer of Licensee s business in the case of a merger or the sale of all or substantially all of Licensee s assets to such acquirer This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties their successors and permitted assigns The relationship between Nuance and Licensee is that of independent contractor
43. application has access to this folder and can create directories and files in it run time Check the correct setup of Web Services in IIS To check the correct setup of Web Services in IIS 1 Open a browser and enter the following address http lt lt your site IP gt gt lt lt your site port gt gt PPDM admin If IIS is not permitted to serve dynamic content you may get HTTP Error 404 File or Directory not found For guidelines on how to resolve this problem see http support microsoft com kb 315122 2 Anauthentication window displays Authenticate yourself and the PSP Server Management Portal application will launch UI language can be changed to the following English French Italian German Portuguese or Spanish es Server version 3 0 Enter the device IP address IP Address Manage Multiple Devices Fie to process Add devices PPDM Installation Managed Devices 3 Make sure you receive no error messages and close your browser Changing server IP address after setup If you did not specify the server IP Address during installation you have to make additional modifications to regain the services of the PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 server The following list of files reference a URL Obsolete URLs have to be replaced with the correct ones in each of them Although it is possible to change server IP addresses this way it is not recommended Consider reinstalling the PSP Se
44. available Text Editor Displays recognition results from the current page Panels can be re arranged freely horizontally or vertically use the Window menu to open the Easy Loader Workflow Status or Help panels Panels can be minimized or closed but not tabbed To restore the default Classic View appearance choose Reset Current View in the Window menu Flexible View Use this view to set up the OmniPage workspace so that it fits your task optimally By default all panels appear There are five tabs Page Image including Thumbnails Text Editor Easy Loader Workflow Status and Help The Document Manager appears in a horizontal panel at the base of the working area You can undock move minimize group or close panels as already described Drag a tab onto the working area to convert it to a Classic type tiled panel Drag it back to the tab bar to revert to a tabbed panel or use the Spacebar as already described If panels are grouped the tab name shows the active one To restore the default Flexible View appearance choose Reset Current View in the Window menu Easy Loader provides a Windows Explorer type file listing and functionality that can remain open during the session allowing quick file selection and assembly see Chapter 4 page 36 Chapter 2 The OmniPage Desktop and Views 23 Suggested scenarios Maximizing workspace single screen Load a document Open the panels you want to use Grab them by their n captions
45. avoiding the need to create two jobs If you plan to be at the computer as the job runs de select the checkmark If you want to run the job without being present select the checkmark Then only automatic image enhancement will run auto zoning will replace manual zoning and proofing is skipped In this case you must ensure that the input and saving file sets and locations are pre defined In OmniPage Professional you can set a recurrency pattern and request e mail notification when the job is completed Chapter 6 Creating new jobs 93 From the next panel onwards you can construct your job except for barcode cover page jobs as you normally do with Workflows Set your starting point Fresh Start or Existing Workflows and proceed as described in the Workflows topic The Options dialog box in the Batch Manager is in the Tools menu Its General panel has an option Enable OmniPage Agent on system tray at system startup By default it is on It must remain selected for jobs to run at their scheduled time The option is provided so it is possible to prevent all jobs from running without having to disable them individually Its state also governs the running of barcode cover page jobs The General panel lets you limit the number of pages allowed in an output document even if the file option Create one file for all pages is selected When the limit is reached a new file is started distinguished by a numerical suffix Click Finish to confirm
46. background When you do manual processing auto zoning sometimes runs See online Help When does auto zoning run Here are your input description choices Automatic Choose this to let the program make all auto zoning decisions It decides whether text is in columns or not whether an item is a graphic or text to be recognized and whether to place tables or not Single column no table Choose this setting if your pages contain only one column of text and no table Business letters or pages from a book are normally like this uy Chapter 3 Describing the layout of the document 40 Ey 8 B B K o P Multiple columns no table Choose this if some of your pages contain text in columns and you want this decolumnized or kept in separate columns similar to the original layout Single column with table Choose this if your page contains only one column of text and a table Spreadsheet Choose this if your whole page consists of a table which you want to export to a spreadsheet program or have treated as single table Form Choose this if your whole page consists of a form and you want form elements auto recognized After recognition you can modify form element properties create new ones or edit form layout This option is available in OmniPage Professional 17 only Legal pleading Choose this to recognize legal documents Legal headers are detected and removed Choose to have pleading numbers retained or
47. button next to the History list Modifications not added to the History by clicking the Add button will not be applied Any time you want to see what output a certain step resulted in double click it in the History list To discard changes you have performed with a given tool but before applying it select the step in the list then click the Reset button To restore the image as it was before you started the current enhancement session click the Discard all changes button Saving and applying templates If you have a number of similar images to enhance you can build up a list of enhancement steps to apply to all of them To create and store an image enhancement template first bring an image file into the Image Enhancement window then carry out your preprocessing steps and add them to the History clicking the Apply button When you are done choose Save Enhancement Template from the File menu Browse to your preferred destination and save the template file with the extension ipp To carry out the set of modifications saved in the template file on another image simply open the new image in the Image Enhancement window and choose Load Enhancement Template from the File menu Image Enhancement in Workflows To incorporate image enhancement in a workflow ES choose its icon in the Workflow Assistant The following options are available Display images for manual enhancement during the execution of a workflow each loaded image
48. by selecting the Save As command from the File menu You can extract and save only text from the document or save the file as image With the Convert Area tool you can use the Select Area tool to define an area of interest in a page for PDF Professional to convert its content to an editable format This lets you for instance select a table and send it to Excel without the rest of the page or select the precise content to become a single PowerPoint slide Conversion between PDF and XPS file formats is also supported 28 The PDF Converter Assistant Start this from the Windows Start Menu The Assistant lets you prepare and control conversions Its Full view shows you a preview of PDF and XPS files to be converted and lets you set page ranges The panel on the right lists all files selected for conversion icons show loading or conversion status Help explains the meanings of the icons PDF Converter offers four levels of control Quick View This allows quick conversions using current settings for everything beyond four basic choices Full View This presents the same four buttons from Quick View but also displays page previews and offers all settings that influence the conversions Choose a mode to see its settings Choose a target or click the Output tool when there is no choice to set saving options Full view lists all files in the current conversion session along with status information for each of them Left View This a
49. command You can also select About from the DesktopDeliveryPSP Settings dialog Click OK to close the About window Close To close DesktopDeliveryPSP right click the DesktopDeliveryPSP icon to display its menu Click the Close command After selecting this the program displays the following message Closing DesktopDeliveryPSP disables the automatic placement of Network Scanner documents into your PaperPort Do you wish to close the DesktopDeliveryPSP now Select Yes to close ot No to cancel Using DesktopDeliveryPSP via a remote device First consult your device manual or system administrator on how to access custom applications on the device Typically it is done as follows 1 Press the Other Function hardware button on the device 2 If Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 does not start immediately press the ScanToPPDM button on the device panel to launch it In case there is no ScanToPPDM button displayed Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 has not been set up yet so you need to 1 Press the User Tools Counter Inquity hardware button to display the User Tools Counter Inquity screen 2 Press the Extended Feature Settings button at the bottom left of the device screen to display the Extended Feature Settings Menu screen 3 Press the Extended Feature Settings button on the device screen to display the Extended Feature Settings screen 4 Locate the extended feature and launch it 5 Press the
50. dropped Custom Choose this for maximum control over auto zoning You can prevent or encourage the detection of columns graphics and tables Make your settings in the OCR panel of the Options dialog box Chapter 3 Describing the layout of the document 41 u Template all Choose a zone template file if you wish to have its background value zones and properties applied to all acquired pages from now on The template zones are also applied to the current page replacing any existing zones If auto zoning yielded unexpected recognition results use manual processing to rezone individual pages and re recognize them Preprocessing Images To improve OCR results you can enhance your images before zoning and recognition using the Image Enhancement tools To open the Image Enhancement window click the SET Enhance Image button in the Image Toolbar or click Tools and choose SET Enhance Image You can also build Image Enhancement steps into your workflows by choosing the Enhance Images step The input for Image Enhancement is the Primary image We must distinguish three types of image Original image The image created by your scanner or contained in a file before it enters the program Primary image The state of the original image after it has been loaded into OmniPage possibly modified by automatic or manual pre processing operations OCR image A black and white image derived from the primary image optimized for good OCR re
51. files can be opened from Microsoft SharePoint through a set of dialog boxes incorporated in PDF Converter accessed from the File menu item Open from SharePoint Other detected Document Management Systems Hummingbird Worksite DocsOPEN LiveLink also have a menu item they can be accessed directly through their own interfaces See Help for detail Converted files can be stored in SharePoint or other systems with the Store in Document Management System section in the Output Options panel Inside SharePoint Hummingbird Enterprise and Interwoven Worksite it is possible to choose a single PDF or an XPS file call the Converter Assistant to have it converted and directed to a location on the local computer or returned to the DMS XPS File Support The support for XPS files provided by the members of the PDF product family is as follows Professional Create Converter XPS to PDF PDF to XPS Unlock XPS XPS to Word etc 41 These last two topics relate to PDF Converter Professional Web Updates Select Automatic Web Updates under the Help menu to be informed whenever a program update is available for any of the three components You can also get the latest program updates directly from the Help menu Please ensure that web access is available Un installation 1 Select Add Remove Programs from the Control Panel Under Vista select Programs and Features from the Control Panel 2 Select Nuance PDF Professional 7 0 3
52. identifies the workflow Start barcode processing from the scanner To scan with a barcode page 1 Place the barcode cover page on the top of the document in the ADF 2 Press the Start button on the scanner Chapter 6 Barcode processing 99 3 Select Barcode cover page workflow as Scanner button default action on the Scanner tab of Options You can also set it to Prompt for workflow In this case a dialog box appears with the available choices Scanning Barcode cover page workflow and all scanning workflows All available pages will be processed by the specified workflow or until a new barcode page is encountered The result will be saved as specified by the workflow For image input you must create a barcode cover page job A barcode cover page job uses a special kind of watched folder Always use a separate folder for barcode processing The starting time for the workflow is defined by the moment the barcode cover page enters a watched folder For a barcode cover page job processing you need to 1 Create a workflow that contains the processing steps you need Select Load Files as input with Select files for loading each time this workflow is started selected 2 Save a barcode cover page that identifies the workflow 3 Define timing instructions for barcode folder watching in the Batch Manager by creating a barcode cover page job To process with a barcode cover page job 1 Make sure that the job i
53. if you choose a complete installation If you perform a custom installation you can choose the languages you need Creating and editing forms You can bring paper or static electronic forms distributed mainly as PDF in an office environment into OmniPage Professional 17 recognize them and edit their content layout or both in True Page Draw form zones over the relevant areas of your image before recognition or choose Form as recognition layout then use the two toolbars Form Drawing and orf PROFESSIONAL Chapter 4 Creating and editing forms 71 Form Arrangement to make modifications and produce a fillable form and save it in the following formats PDF RTF or XSN Microsoft Office InfoPath 2003 format Static forms can be saved to HTML OmniPage Professional 17 uses the Logical Form Recognition technology to create fillable forms from static ones Please note that OmniPage supports form creation and editing however the tools available here are not designed to fill in forms The Form Drawing Toolbar This is a dockable toolbar displayed in the Text Editor that allows you to create a range of form elements using the following tools h Selection Click this tool to be able to select move or resize elements in your form A Text Use the text tool to add fixed text descriptions on your form such as titles labels and headers v Line The Line tool is mainly used in layout design click it and draw lines to separate di
54. in the Scanner panel of the Options dialog box You may need to experiment with different settings combinations to get the desired results Use the Image Enhancement Tools to optimize your image for OCR Check the resolution of the original image Hover the cursor over a page thumbnail for a popup display If the resolution is significantly above or below 300 dpi recognition is likely to suffer Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 105 e Make sure the correct document languages are selected in the OCR panel of the Options dialog box Only languages included in the document should be selected In particular setting an Asian language for non Asian texts and vice versa is likely to produce unusable results e Recognition results in Japanese Korean and Chinese can be viewed and saved only if your system has East Asian language support See Asian language recognition on page 6l e Turn IntelliTrain on and make some proofing corrections This is most likely to help with stylized fonts or uniformly degraded documents If IntelliTrain was running try turning it off on some types of degraded documents it may not be able to help See IntelliTrain on page 64 Do some manual training or edit existing training to remove unsuccessful training e If you use True Page as the Text Editor formatting level or for export recognized text is put into text boxes or frames Some text may be hidden if a text box is too small To view the text
55. inthe ASP NET version combo box 16 Click OK to complete setup 17 Select the new virtual directory 18 Click Actions gt Properties The Virtual directory properties dialog appears 19 Select the Low IIS Process Application protection option 20 Click OK 41 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide The following is applicable for IIS 7 0 or 7 5 1 Set NET version for the Application Pool 1 Start IIS Administration Console Click the Windows Start menu then choose Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Internet Information Services Select lt lt computer name gt gt lt lt current user gt gt Application Tools Select the Application Pool you with to use and select the Basic Settings from the Actions menu 4 Check that the NET Framework version is NET Framework v2 0 50727 E Edit Application Pool DefaultAppPool NET Framework version _ NET Framework v2 0 50727 Managed pipeline mode Integrated gt V Start application pool immediately 2 Create a base web application 1 Select Sites Default Web Site 2 Right click on it and select Add Application Wy Internet Information Services IIS Manager lolas 1 i i 7 Ow gt BP NSAN Sites Default WebSite gt ow EP File View Help Connections ra Actions fal B Explore 4 83 BP NSAN NUANCE Nagy San Edit Permissions 2 Application Pools Edit Si
56. job choose Folder watching job name it and click Next In the dialog box that appears browse to the folders Browse for Folder DAReports Amesica Watched folders Easter States i Add a watched folder to the list cay 34 Floppy 1X H aD Spem using this Browse for amp Daa D Folder dialog box Specify an image file type Add the desired folders and file types one type or all types Click the checkbox in front of your selected folder to include its subfolders as well To enable a number of file types add the Folder Chapter 6 Watched folders 97 repeatedly once for each type Add a checkmark to watch subfolders of the selected folder as well When you reach the next panel of the Job Wizard you set the timing instructions a starting time and an end time for the watching to occur You can specify recurrences for instance to have the folder s watched only during your lunch hour Start 12 15 End 13 05 every Monday Wednesday and Friday or overnight in the last three days of each month when you keep your computer running to collect and process monthly reports arriving from afar When files enter a watched folder the program waits for approximately the interval specified in Batch Manager Options for more files to arrive in order to process them together When files cease to arrive processing starts To finish the watching early choose Deactivate Job Then you can modify the job freely Watched m
57. layout retention and whether to use PDF fonts or the mapped system fonts In OmniPage Professional 17 files can also be imported from FTP locations Microsoft SharePoint 2003 and 2007 PaSSOMAE Hummingbird iManage and ODMA compliant sources orf Input from digital camera You can bring digital camera photos of documents for ic recognition into OmniPage First make sure that your device driver is installed properly Then connect the camera and download images Click Load Digital Camera Files in the Get Page drop down list If you use this 3D Deskew resolution enhancement and straightening text lines are automatically performed on images You can also do manual 3D deskewing see the section Image Enhancement tools later in this Chapter To acquire digital camera photos containing text from Direct OCR or PaperPort mark the Load as digital camera image checkbox The above mentioned automatic enhancements will apply For tips and advice on working with digital camera images see the How to Guides and Help Chapter 3 Defining the source of page images 35 Input via Easy Loader This provides the Windows Explorer interface in an OmniPage window In Flexible and Quick Views it appears by default Choose Easy Loader in the Window menu to add it to Classic View or to show or hide it in other views It lets you browse your whole file system and efficiently select files to be loaded into OmniPage Choose Process Easy Loader Folder
58. may be required to insert a Windows system disk The four Asian languages are listed alphabetically with the others in the Options OCR panel You should select only one of these languages at a time and avoid a multiple selection with other languages Asian OCR can handle short embedded English texts without English being explicitly set this is not designed for longer English texts or for texts in other Western languages Vertical text is typical in Japanese and Chinese English may be embedded there Chapter 4 Languages 61 in different orientations The program can handle these in the output they appear right rotated Beside the language list the option Verify language choices invokes automatic language detection that warns of differences between a detected language and the language setting It works at page level and identifies four categories Japanese Chinese Korean and non Asian It cannot distinguish between Traditional and Simplified Chinese or between non Asian languages The last category means Japanese Chinese or Korean characters were not detected Verification takes place during image pre processing so the required recognition language must be set before image loading Auto layout and auto zoning are recommended for Asian pages This places all detected texts into text zones by choosing an Asian recognition language you set Asian OCR to run in these zones and that can automatically detect and transmit the text direction c
59. menu You will see an enlarged view of the character s to be trained along with the current OCR solution Change this to the desired solution and click OK The program takes this training and examines the rest of the page If it finds candidate words to change the Check Training dialog box lists these Incorrect words should be re trained before the list is approved IntelliTrain IntelliTrain is an automated form of training It takes input from the corrections you make during proofing When you make a change it remembers the character shape involved and your proofing change It searches other similar character shapes in the document especially in suspect words It assesses whether to apply the user correction or not You can turn IntelliTrain on or off in the Proofing panel of the Options dialog box IntelliTrain remembers the training data it collects and adds it to any manual training you have done This training can be saved to a training file for future use with similar documents For examples of IntelliTrain see Help Training files Whenever you close a document or switch to another one when unsaved training data exists a dialog box appears allowing you to save it To save a training file into an OPD load it from Tools gt Training File click Embed and save to the file type OmniPage Document Chapter 4 Training 64 Saving training to file loading editing and unloading training files are all done in the Training Fi
60. on the desktop and then on the Item ribbon choose the desired command See the Help for more information Touching Up Images 29 Annotating Pages PaperPort includes a collection of annotation tools that allow you to mark up scanned documents with information you would like to keep with that document PDF files are best annotated in the supplied Nuance PDF product PaperPort Image max files and all other image items must be annotated in Image View or ImageViewer but remember that you can drag any of these files onto the Nuance PDF product icon on the Send To bar to have them converted to PDF Image or PDF Searchable ready to be annotated or otherwise edited In PDF and PaperPort Image max files annotations are editable meaning that you can reposition change remove them or edit textual content whenever you want On other types of image items such as JPEG and Windows Bitmap files annotations become a permanent part of the image when you save the item For item types that cannot accept annotations PaperPort automatically disables the annotation tools Using PaperPort s annotation tools you can add notes and text highlight text draw lines and arrows or stamp a picture onto an image item It is easy to send a document with annotations to people without PaperPort by using the PDF Image or PDF Searchable format The recipient only has to double click on the e mail attachment they receive from you and they will see the docu
61. one by one and drag them so that they dock behind the active one as E T tabs You can also dock Help to avoid p ai handling two separate windows 2 Working with recognition results single screen Load a document and have it recognized Close all panels except the Document Manager and the Text Editor Maximize both horizontally scale down the Document Manager and dock it to the top or bottom You can now step through the pages double clicking them one by one in the Document Manager inspecting recognition results in the Text Editor The number of suspect words and reject characters in the Document Manager will help you identify problematic pages Handling large documents dual screen Load the document you want to work on Move its Thumbnail View to your second monitor and maximize it for a tr large scale overview of your document L a and far more space for thumbnail P P operations Chapter 2 The OmniPage Desktop and Views 24 Verifying dual screen Place the Page Image on one screen and the Text Editor on the other This gives you more space for editing and proofing The Page Image is always available for verifying recognition and for performing on the fly zoning and editing g The scenarios presented above are only examples to give you an idea of what you can do in Flexible View Quick Convert View Use the Quick Convert View for fast recognition and saving You can switch to Q
62. or Google Tab and ribbon User Interface PaperPort 12 is now easier to use because all the program features are presented on a set of tabbed ribbon style toolbars with controls placed in functional groups We ve also added the new Scan Now button so you can scan with one click without having to change to the scanner settings view A customizable Quick Access Toolbar appears above the ribbon toolbars so you can put your most frequently used features in one easy to find place Accelerator keys allow command activation from the keyboard press the Alt key to see the accelerator values Background panel and ribbon colors can be customized More accurate OCR OCR Optical Character Recognition scanning accuracy has been significantly increased this is reflected in greater success when searching the content of Searchable PDF file archives Language settings can now be applied to Optical Character Recognition to provide even greater accuracy in all supported languages Digital camera input The Send To bar options for text applications have been updated to include a PaperPort OCR option for digital camera correction It is now possible to take a picture of a document and accurately convert it into a text document This is done by applying special 3D deskewing algorithms that flatten page images and correct distortions to increase the accuracy of the resulting text document Making PaperPort more reliable Sometimes PDF files may become co
63. organized digital documents that everybody in an office can quickly find and use PaperPort works with scanners multifunction printers and networked digital copiers to turn paper documents into digital documents It then helps you to manage them along with all other electronic documents in one convenient and easy to use filing system PaperPort s large clear item thumbnails allow you to visually organize retrieve and use your scanned documents including Word files spreadsheets PDF files and even digital photos PaperPort s Scanner Enhancement Technology tools ensure that scanned documents will look great while the annotation tools let you add notes and highlights to any scanned image Accompanying programs PaperPort 12 includes a PaperPort image printer a ScanDirect application described later a Scanner Setup Wizard an ImageViewer application for viewing and working with page images in a window separate from PaperPort and PDF Viewer Plus for viewing and working with PDF files In PaperPort Professional 12 the PDF Viewer Plus includes Nuance PDF Create providing high level support for PDF creation from a wide variety of source files Installing PaperPort You can install PaperPort from a CD or from the Web The installation program provides easy step by step instructions Follow the guidance on each screen to install the software Installation and un installation require Administrator rights PaperPort Getting Started
64. pane 12 Choose 2 0 50727 inthe ASP NET version combo box admin Properties Virtual Directory Documents Directory Security _ el HTTP Headers Custom Errors ASP NET ASP NET version Virtual path PPDM admin File location e Program Files Nuance PPDM admin web c File creation date 22772009 4 24 10 PM File last modified ja 0 2009 10 08 51 AM Edit Configuration 13 Click OK to finish setup 14 Select the new virtual directory 15 Click Actions gt Properties The virtual directory properties dialog appears 16 Select the Low IIS Process application protection option 17 Click OK 3 Create the PPDM UI virtual directory 1 Select the PPDM virtual directory 2 Click Action gt New gt Virtual Directory The Virtual directory wizard displays Set up your virtual directory with the following parameters 40 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide e Alias UI e Directory c Program Files PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 UI or the directory you have specified in the INSTALLDIR property e Permissions for this directory Read run scripts such as ASP execute such as ISAPI applications or CGI and write checked Browse unchecked 3 Click Finish to complete the Wizard Select the PPpM UI virtual directory Click Action gt Properties The UI Properties dialog appears Select the Directory Security pane NO an sf Click the Edit b
65. place it onto the Clipboard Right click a result file and choose Oper to launch the document in its associated application Open Containing Folder switches to the file s folder with the file selected To filter search results using file information turn on the relevant check boxes under Name author keywords and specify search text here as well Add items to the All in One Search index The All in One Search index uses PaperPort s OCR software to extract and copy textual content from your items and creates a database of the words or phrases in those items much like the index of a book Item properties such as name and author are also added to the index Although creating an index is time consuming searching for items in the index may be much faster than searching file by file Using PaperPort Options available from the PaperPort button you can specify whether you want All in One Search to run automatically each time you add a new item or modify an existing item You can also set how long PaperPort should wait before starting the update process PaperPort Getting Started Guide 36 If you prefer you can manually update the All in One Search index for all items a single item or all items in one or more folders It is good practice to update the All in One Search index on a regular basis to shorten the length of time required to complete the process Use the Index Manager in PaperPort Professional 12 to create and sc
66. place the cursor in the text box and use the arrow keys on your keyboard to scroll to the top bottom left or right of the box e Check the glass mirrors and lenses on your scanner for dust smudges or scratches Clean if necessary Problems with fax recognition Try these solutions to improve OCR accuracy on fax images e Ask senders to use clean original documents if possible Ask senders to select Fine or Best mode when they send you a fax This produces a resolution of 200 x 200 dpi Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 106 e Ask senders to transmit files directly to your computer via fax modem if you both have one You can save fax images as image files and then load them into OmniPage See Input from image files in the Processing documents Chapter System or performance problems during OCR Try these solutions if a crash occurs during OCR or if processing takes a very long time Check image quality Consult your scanner documentation on ways to improve the quality of scanned images e Break complex page images lots of text and graphics or elaborate formatting into smaller jobs Draw zones manually or modify automatically created zones and perform OCR on one page area at a time See Working with zones in the Processing documents Chapter Restart Windows XP or Vista in safe mode and test OmniPage by performing OCR on the included sample image files If you are performing multiple tasks at once such as recognizing
67. scanning device MFP This information includes PPDM Desktop Module Scanning Profiles PPDM Desktop Module Folders and PPDM OCR Module Workflows Note After changing the repository settings on the server side you have to run the Scanning Wizard again to reacquire the proper settings on the client side Personalized MFP Scanning Wizard Use the tree below to select the PaperPort Desktop folders you want to access at the device Use the list below to organize items You can rename or move all items except For the first OL My Music one and More Items under More are not displayed on the device panel by default My PaperPort Documents fA Articles M Bank Statements MO Business Cards MI Faxes AO Investments Current Desktop EIC Photographs My PaperPort OO Presentations Down OO Real Estate gt Articles EH Aaea Bank Statements O15 Taxes Business Cards Rename OC Web Pages F OC My Pictures tJ Faxes More Items displayed on the device panel Select a device panel From this list to see how your settings will look like on different devices Device panel Color touch screen The left side of the Wizard always displays the Desktop Module folders Desktop Module Scanning Profiles and OCR Module Workflows on your computer The right side of the Wizard shows the marked items that will be shown on the device panel These items change dynami
68. so you can put your most frequently used features in one easy to find place More accurate OCR OCR Optical Character Recognition scanning accuracy has been significantly increased over previous versions this improvement is reflected in greater success when searching the content of Searchable PDF file archives Language settings can now be applied to Optical Character Recognition to provide even greater accuracy in all supported languages Folder Colors The number of colors available for distinguishing folders rises from 9 to 29 Digital camera input The Send To Bar options for text applications have been updated to include a PaperPort OCR option for digital camera correction It is now possible to take a picture of a document and accurately convert it into a text document with this feature This is done by applying special 3D deskewing algorithms that flatten page images and correct distortions thereby increasing the accuracy of the resulting text document amp PROFESSIONAL Making PaperPort more reliable Sometimes PDF files may become corrupted so that they can no longer be opened In these cases PaperPort may not be able to generate a desktop thumbnail and this may prevent PaperPort from launching properly A new utility program CheckPPFolders exe is supplied in the PaperPort program folder Run this program to identify and remove any corrupt files so that PaperPort will work properly How to Guides The program offers an upd
69. that work with PPDM Desktop Module You can download support for linked programs for use on the PPDM Desktop Module Send To bar view a list of supported scanners and find answers to many frequently asked questions about using your PPDM Desktop Module software If you are still having a problem please contact the manufacturer of the hardware or software with which you received this application This page intentionally left blank PPDM OCR Module 17 This page intentionally left blank Powered by i NUANCE gt Personal Paperless Document Manager gt Quick Reference Guide LEGAL NOTICES Copyright 2009 Nuance Communications Inc All rights reserved No part of this publication may be transmitted transcribed reproduced stored in any retrieval system or translated into any language or computer language in any form or by any means mechanical electronic magnetic optical chemical manual or otherwise without prior written consent from Nuance Communications Inc 1 Wayside Road Burlington Massachusetts 01803 4609 The software described in this book is furnished under license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license IMPORTANT NOTICE Nuance Communications Inc provides this publication As Is without warranty of any kind either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose Some s
70. the default application pool usually lt COMPUTER gt Application Pools DefaultAppPool Right click the default application pool and select Advanced Settings Set the Enable 32 Bit Applications option to False Press OK Firewall settings The following sections contain instructions on how to configure the firewall on various Windows systems PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Firewall settings for Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 The following steps describe the necessary steps for configuring the firewall on Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 1 Click Control Panel gt Windows Firewall 2 Ensure that the Don t allow exceptions box is unchecked Windows Firewall p General Exceptions Advanced helping to protect your PC Windows Firewall helps protect your computer by preventing unauthorized users from gaining access to your computer through the Internet or a network Y j This setting blocks all outside sources from connecting to this computer with the exception of those selected on the Exceptions tab C Don t allow exceptions Select this when you connect to public networks in less secure locations such as airports You will not be notified when Windows Firewall blocks programs Selections on the Exceptions tab will be ignored x Off not recommended Avoid using this setting Turning off Windows Firewall may make this computer more vulnerable to viruses and intruders
71. the folders to your PaperPort Folder pane Access Sharing and Security settings directly from the folder shortcut menu With PaperPort it is simple to set up a n Ay shared folder on a server or a PC that 228 _ can act as a central repository for all gt important office documents Each x lt n PaperPort client can connect to that i folder and use PaperPort s document management features and paper handling tools to find and use documents instantly Sharing Files 39 In addition you can convert items to popular output formats for shared use in numerous other programs To obtain a list of all supported program links visit PaperPort at the Nuance web site at www nuance com Sending Items to Other Programs Drag and drop functionality makes opening your files in your favorite programs a snap Simply choose the file you want and drop it onto the program icon on the Send To bar at the bottom of the PaperPort desktop Common office tasks like e mailing and faxing are now faster than ever The Send To bar makes using scanned documents in other applications easier by automatically translating the document into a form that the receiving application can understand For example you can drop a scanned image of a letter onto the Microsoft Word link on the PaperPort Send To bar and PaperPort will recognize that the application you are attempting to open needs a text file rather than an image file PaperPort will run OCR for you an
72. through a set of dialog boxes that can be accessed from the Add button menu item Open from DMS Other Document Management Systems Hummingbird Worksite DocsOPEN LiveLink can be accessed directly through their own interfaces See Help for detail and System Requirements for the full DMS listing Created PDF files can be stored in SharePoint or other systems by choosing Save to DMS as target in the Destination Settings dialog box Inside SharePoint Hummingbird Enterprise and Interwoven Worksite it is possible to choose a non PDF file open its shortcut menu to call on PDF Create to make a PDF from it and place it in the same location with the same file name It is also possible to select a non PDF file from the computer s file system and have it converted to PDF and placed in the DMS at the current or a defined location a Edit PDF Files The main screen areas of PDF Converter Professional are as shown below Menu bar Main Toolbar Document Panel To view and edit PDF files Navigation Choose Document Assembly Organizer in the View menu for multi Panel le Panel page editing and vieweing Attachments or Comments Navigation panels q Organizer panels Attachments AL eel Sl Clip Art Bookmarks s Envelope Comments Security Destinations LB B ry al Sign C ertify Form Controls Stamps Model tree m 2 Watermarks Pages Ex re Signatures s P Tags w 4 a g PDF Converter Professional groups its controls in sev
73. to file Overlay example for a cover page ox a NUANCE 7d PDF 7 a Single page file with Page 1 ofa multi Cover page of repeated elements page document resulting PDF file To have this result deselect the option Repeat the last page of the shortest document for page overlay You can also use an overlay to add a company logo or other fixed item to every page of PDF files you create To do this select the option named above For more information on overlay choices please consult Help 16 How to package files A package is a single PDF file that contains a set of PDF files Packages help you group related files making it easier to send them by e mail To package a set of files maybe of differing file types select them in the PDF Create Assistant Choose packaging as the assembly instruction Click Options to choose which cover page to use a Create Assistant Template or the first listed file Click the Create button amp to have PDF files created or transmitted into the package To open a PDF package you must use a recent PDF viewer or editor such as Nuance PDF Converter Professional 5 or 6 All files in the package are listed you can open and save each one separately With Nuance PDF Converter Professional 4 and older PDF viewers editors the files are indicated as attachments SharePoint and other DMS support Microsoft SharePoint is supported by PDF Create inside PDF Converter Enterprise 7
74. to indicate that it is selected Multiple selections are possible While working with item thumbnails you can e Drag a thumbnail to reposition it on the PaperPort desktop e Drag a thumbnail to a folder to move the item to that folder e Drag a thumbnail to another open Workspace to move the item to that open folder Double click a thumbnail to view the item e Press the Ctrl key and double click a thumbnail to open the item in its source program e Right click a thumbnail to display the item s shortcut menu e Drag a thumbnail to the Send To bar to send a copy of the item to another program Using item thumbnails on the PaperPort desktop you can also easily combine individual PaperPort Image items or PDF Image items into multi page items This feature is useful as an organizational tool if you are using a scanner that can only scan a page as a separate item PaperPort Getting Started Guide 16 PaperPort page thumbnails The Page Thumbnails pane on the PaperPort desktop and in Image Viewer displays thumbnails for multi page image items Select a multi page item then click the Thumbnail button on the Desktop ribbon Page level operations can be done quickly without having to open the files The first three items listed below are available for all image files The remainder are available for PDF files both on the PaperPort desktop and in ImageViewer or PDF Viewer Plus and MAX files PaperPort desktop only You can e
75. to view files as Lists Thumbnails Tiles Icons arranged as desired or Details as you do in Explorer The Loader can remain displayed as you work Easy Loader is driven from the Process menu Instead of selecting files to send them straight to OmniPage you can choose Queue Window to get a dialog box with a lock Turn the lock on to build up and re order a list of files maybe coming from different folders The lock applies to all files collected to enter the currently open document When the list is ready turn the lock off to start loading If the lock is off from the start files are listed only if they are selected faster than OmniPage can load them Practically you can load a few files send them to recognition and while that is underway build up the rest of the input list Turning on the menu item Show hide Queue Window automatically causes the window to appear whenever files are listed but not yet loaded and to be closed as soon as the list is empty Easy Loader can be used in Classic and Flexible Views to compile files for multiple documents Engage the lock make document 1 active and collect files Then make document 2 active and collect its files and so on When all is ready remove the lock Each document has its own lock but the Process menu offers Lock all and Unlock all to lock or release all files destined for all documents You can remove selected files with Delete or all files in the current document s list with Delete A
76. ulti page image files 76 ultiple column pages 41 ultiple converters 79 ew features 7 oise removal from images 45 on dictionary words 56 on printing characters 56 otification of job completion 92 Numeric zones 50 CR Batch Manager 91 checking OCR results 58 OmniPage 17 User s Guide Direct OCR 32 poor performance in 107 proofreading results 57 settings for DirectOCR 32 OCR Brightness E 45 OCR image 42 OCR Primary image E 44 ODMA 85 OmniPage activating 18 assigning to scanner buttons 39 documents in 20 earlier versions 12 installing 12 new features 10 reinstalling 18 Starting 14 testing 104 uninstalling 18 OmniPage Agent 17 88 OmniPage desktop 21 OmniPage desktop views 21 OmniPage Documents 20 Saving as 75 OmniPage Professional 10 OmniPage Toolbox 22 OmniP age Workflow Starter 17 88 One button processing 26 37 39 On the fly editing 68 OPD files embedding items 20 extracting items 20 template embedding 54 Opening image files 34 Operating system requirements 12 Optimized P DF for web display 82 Optimizing brightness 38 114 Options dialog box 28 Options for proofing 57 Options for saving 79 Order of page elements 67 Original image 42 Original image saving 76 Outlook 92 93 98 Overview of processing steps 21 P Page Image panel 21 Page limit for jobs 94 Page Ready button 87 Pages deskewing 46 multi page image files 76 navigation 22 sending as mail 83 sending to Clipbo
77. use the horizontal alignment tools ie a sg vertically use the vertical arrangement tools The commands of the Form Arrangement toolbar are also accessible from the shortcut menu of any form element Editing Form object properties To edit a form object directly select it then right click the given element to display its shortcut menu You can edit the appearance or the properties of any form element here Use the following commands Form Object Appearance use the tabs Borders Shading and Shadow to design the look of your form elements in a similar way as you would do in a text editing application Chapter 4 Creating and editing forms 73 Form Object Properties this command gives you access to the element properties such as size position name Properties dynamically vary depending on what type of element you select Extracting Form Data Form data extraction FDE is a workflow step Data is extracted from elements such as fillable fields check boxes wand option buttons FDE is a simplified implementation of the full Logical Form Recognition technology To create a workflow that contains form data extraction Define the processing input and its settings Input types include image PDF PDF form image files and forms scanned from paper e Choose Extract Form Data in place of recognition and specify its settings Set an active PDF form as template It can be single or multi page filled or unfilled The program deter
78. via Save As to local file to e mail or both Direct conversion with current Microsoft Word Whole current Word settings Word and general Via Save As to loca Create PDF button file settings can be accessed file to e mail or both from Word i Current Excel Direct conversion with current _ ie oy workbook or settings can be accessed eee pone Create utton worksheet from Excel i E Aa Whole current a ale N Via Save As to loca 7 Create PDF presentation g i file to e mail or both button from PowerPoint Oneormore Direct conversion of all Microsoft Outlook and Lotus Notes out attachments to a mail message attachments or with a selection box Settings can be accessed Pre defined or via Save As to a local file Location Source files Conversion method Target Direct conversion using Current settings no access to settings One or more files on the local computer PDF attached to current message Microsoft Outlook and Lotus Notes in Direct conversion with current settings Settings can be accessed from E xplorer Microsoft Internet Explorer Current web page ora link to another page Via Save As to local file to e mail or both Create PDFs from PDF Professional Click the New PDF button ea in the Main toolbar of PDF Professional or select New PDF from the File menu See the picture below You can create a blank P
79. want DesktopDeliveryPSP to monitor Select your Microsoft Outlook profile and click OK Choose Profile Profile Name John Smith New Cancel Help Options gt gt In the DesktopDeliveryPSP Settings dialog you will see your Microsoft Outlook profile name displayed in the relevant field For Microsoft Outlook Users Microsoft Outlook 2003 and 2007 users cannot enable email monitoring or choose a Microsoft Outlook profile unless Collaboration Data Objects is installed and enabled for Microsoft Outlook DesktopDeliveryPSP displays an error message if they attempt to do so For Microsoft Outlook 2010 Collaboration Data Objects is not required To install Collaboration Data Objects for Microsoft Outlook 2003 you need the Microsoft Office 2003 installation CD and from there follow the steps below 1 Choose Custom installation 2 Choose Detailed installation options for each application 3 Select and enable the installation of the Collaboration Data Objects Microsoft Outlook 2007 users can download and install Collaboration Data Objects from Microsoft s Download Center For more information about Collaboration Data Objects see your Microsoft Outlook documentation For Lotus Notes Users If you set Lotus Notes as the mail client for DesktopDeliveryPSP to watch you have to specify your password If you leave the Save password checkbox empty you will have to give it again every time DesktopDeliveryPSP starts If
80. white All colors darker than your chosen new black point are set to black A typical use for this is to remove a shaded gray background in a document you want to OCR Select one of the darker gray pixels from the background and apply it as the white point Then the background will become white Changing black and white points for a color photo will typically increase its contrast but may also change color values amp S N S N LS OPN V Ci Ea AX Ra Ci Before a 0 255 Ac 0 255 You can apply new black and white points to individual images as described You can also apply them as an auto enhancement to all new pages scanned with a given scan profile PaperPort Getting Started Guide 28 Enhancing Images Manually Choose Enhance from the Page ribbon in Image View to receive nine candidate variants of your picture Adjust brighness and contrast color or tint then double click the desired image It is placed in the center and becomes the new original The first original remains and can be reset Click to finish enhancing Choose to modify Brightness amp Contrast Color Tint Slider for less Original image or more with reset Edit multiple images The ability to process items as a group is often referred to as batch processing PaperPort provides batch processing features so that you can quickly enhance modify or rotate multiple image items in a single operation Select one or more image items
81. will be displayed for manual editing Chapter 3 Preprocessing Images 47 Apply enhancement template an already saved enhancement template will be applied automatically to the image while being processed by the workflow Apply enhancement template and display the workflow will apply the selected image enhancement template and will also display the image so that you can make further edits to it Zones and backgrounds Zones define areas on the page to be processed or ignored Zones are rectangular or irregular with vertical and horizontal sides Page images in a document have a background value process or ignore the latter is more typical Background values can be changed with the tools shown Zones can be drawn on page backgrounds with the tools shown under Zone Types and Properties see later Process areas in process zones or backgrounds are auto zoned when they are sent to recognition Ignore areas in ignore zones or backgrounds are dropped from processing No text is recognized and no image is transferred Automatic zoning Automatic zoning allows the program to detect blocks of text headings pictures and other elements on a page and draw zones to enclose them You can Auto zone a whole page or a part of it Automatically drawn zones and template zones have solid borders Manually drawn or modified zones have dotted borders ia Auto zone a page background Acquire a page It appears with a process background
82. you have a web connection the first panel invites you to update the scanner database supplied with the wizard Choose Yes or No and click on Next Choose Select and test scanner or digital camera then click Next If you have a single installed scanner it appears along with any scanners previously set up with OmniPage If the required scanner is not listed click Add Scanner e Yousee a list of all detected scanner drivers in the checkmarked categories This can include network devices Select one and click OK To install a second device you must run the Scanner Wizard again Chapter 1 Setting up your scanner with OmniPage 14 The wizard reports whether the chosen scanner model already has settings in the scanner database If it does you do not need to test it If it does not you should test it Click on Next e If you chose not to test click Finish If you chose testing click Next to have the scanner connection tested If the connection is in order you see a menu of further tests Choose which testing steps you want to run The Basic test scan is recommended By default OmniPage uses its own scanning interface located in the Scanner panel of the Options dialog box If you want to use your scanner s own interface instead choose Advanced settings and select this Click Hint editor and choose Edit hints only if you are experienced in configuring scanners or have been advised by Technical Sup
83. zone 51 Formatted Text 57 Formatted Text view 78 Formatting levels 57 77 Formatted Text 57 Plain Text 56 True Page 57 Formatting toolbar 21 Frames 67 78 106 Framework 3 0 NET 12 Fresh start for new workflow 90 FTP sites 85 G Get and Convert 37 Graphic tool F 72 Graphic zones 51 Graphics editing 66 in export 77 Grayscale images 76 scanning 38 Grouping elements 67 H Header footer indicators 56 Hearing texts read aloud 71 Help display 21 27 Hiding showing markers 56 Highlighting text 69 History of image enhancement 46 Horizontal alignment tools F 73 Hue Saturation E 45 Hummingbird 85 Hyperlinks 67 l Ignore backgrounds 48 Ignore zones 51 Image enhancement history 46 in workflows 47 tools 43 Image files conversion 88 input 34 reading order 34 samples 104 Image panel 21 Image requirements 35 Image toolbar 21 Images backgrounds 48 black and white 76 color 76 cropping 45 deskewing 46 editing 66 flipping 45 grayscale 76 quality 39 OmniPage 17 User s Guide 112 resolution 46 76 105 rotating 45 saving 76 size requirements 35 substitutes in PDF 81 iManage 85 Improving accuracy 38 64 105 Increasing memory 105 Input from digital camera 35 from image files 34 from PDF files 34 from scanners 38 via Easy Loader 36 nstalling OmniP age 12 scanners 14 ntelliTrain 64 106 nteractive job steps 93 talic text 66 J apanese 61 obs disabling 94 error messages 95
84. 15 KB 10 24 2007 14 28 PM My WorkBook xls 11 50 KB 10 24 2007 14 38 PM Drag and drop input files onto this area or use the Add button Supported File Types gt Create a PDF for each input document Standard Quality Send results as e mail attachment only E mail If file exists Query View Resulting PDF Selecta profile C Always on Top This displays current Click to start Click to change Change profile saving settings PDF creation saving settings settings other assembly instructions are Combine files into a single PDF in listed order and ability to generate a bookmark for each input file e Overlay files with overlay options e Package files as PDFs inside a container PDF with options Saving 11 Click the Profiles button to change settings for any profile or to create a new profile based on an existing one 1 Select a profile 2 Make 3 Specify settings here selections here for each selection here PDF Create Pr files i POF 1 4 Eont Embed Embed Non SN Lossless level 100 PDF with MRC Compression Security lt None gt Watermark Hai Company Logo First Page Only C Tag POF mgc Double click to rename Select a profile Click this to delete Click this to restore Access settings for click this to name a the selected profile default settings for MRC compression new profile based after a warning the selected p
85. 24 34 0 0 10 140 24 32 1 0 Explanation 1 The device at 10 140 1 15 is added PPDM installation is performed PPDM starts automatically 2 Thedevice at 10 140 24 34 is added PPDM installation is not performed 3 The device at 10 140 24 32 is added PPDM installation is performed PPDM does not start automatically Removing devices IP Address is the only required and used field the Install and Start fields are ignored Currently managed devices are enumerated and matched against the IP addresses in the file If a match is found the PPDM application is uninstalled automatically and the device is removed Sample CSV file content 10 140 1 15 0 0 10 140 24 34 0 0 Explanation 1 The device at 10 140 1 15is removed 2 Thedevice at 10 140 24 34 is removed PPDM Installation All fields are required and used Currently managed devices are enumerated and matched against the IP Addresses in the file If a match is found the PPDM application is installed or uninstalled depending on the content of the Install field If the PPDM application is already installed and the content of the Install field is 1 the installation is updated If PPDM is not installed and the content of the Install field is 0 no action is taken If the Install field s value is 1 that is the PPDM application is installed on the device it is automatically started if the Start field s value is 1 The Start field s value is ignored if the Install field s value is 0 Sample C
86. 278 918 5 278 920 5 347 595 5 381 489 5 436 983 5 657 397 5 778 092 5 862 259 6 038 342 6 047 251 Nuance Communications Inc 2009 Allrights reserved Subject to change without prior notice OmniPage 17 User s Guide 121 This page intentionally left blank PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 This page intentionally left blank This Guide shows screen pictures made with Windows XP The appearance may vary under other Operating Systems Why are PDF files popular The Portable Document Format has become a de facto standard for document exchange across platforms and computing environments More than 200 million PDF documents are posted on the World Wide Web Key benefits that have driven this popularity are Integrity PDF files look like the original documents they were created from They conserve their appearance after sharing regardless of platform operating system installed fonts or local settings on each computer or device File size In many cases PDF files can be more compact than their source documents ideal for file transfer Security PDF files can be digitally signed and password protected to prevent unauthorized changes e Sharing While the basic document content can be frozen commenting and mark up tools allow collective authoring and document review What PDF Professional does for you Nuance PDF Converter Professional 7 from Nuance Communications Inc offers the full circle o
87. 32 Use the Open PDF XPS button R in a Microsoft Word toolbar or the Open PDF XPS item in the Word File menu to call an Open dialog box with PDF selected as file type In Word 2007 go to the Nuance PDF tab or access the File menu via the Office button Choose a single PDF or XPS file browsing if necessary Click Open The Converter Assistant preview panel displays the first page of the input file View other pages and set a page range if desired Select the processing mode with the Mode tool or from the Options Menu This calls the settings panel for the chosen mode Make settings as desired Click the Output tool or select Word Document the only possible target in the Options menu to select saving options including whether to save to Office 2007 or to earlier versions Press ED to start conversion with a progress monitor The resulting file is displayed in Microsoft Word ready for editing Note In Office versions before 2007 if you do not see the Open PDF XPS button in a toolbar go to View gt Toolbars and select Nuance PDF or open the Preferences dialog box of the PDF Converter Assistant to enable Microsoft Word integration and restart Word The Open Dialog Box in Microsoft Word 1 Click Word s File Open button i or go to the Microsoft Word File menu and click Open 2 Select PDF Portable Document Format pdf or XPS in the Files of type box 3 Select the PDF or XPS file you want to convert Multiple selecti
88. 67 on the fly 68 paragraph attributes 66 PDF output 81 recognized text 66 tables 53 66 training files 65 user dictionaries 60 vertical texts 49 Editor formatting levels 56 E mail notification of job completion 92 Embedding items in OPDs 20 Embedding templates in OPD files 54 Enabling OmniPage taskbar icon 88 Encryption for PDF 82 English embedded in Asian texts 61 Error messages from jobs 95 96 Excel 2007 XLSX 12 107 OmniPage 17 User s Guide Existing workflow as new workflow source 90 Explorer loading files from 37 88 Export converters 79 Export Results button 77 Exporting graphics 77 in Flowing Page 78 in True Page 78 repeated 75 to Clipboard 75 to file 77 to Kindle 83 to mail 83 to PDF 81 Extracting form data 74 Extracting items from OPDs 20 Extracting text from PDF files 83 F Fast recognition and saving 25 Fax recognition 106 Features new 7 File it Assistant 101 Files as export target 76 as image source 34 retained on uninstall 18 separation options 77 types for export 77 Fill E 46 Fill text tool F 72 Financial dictionaries 61 Finding non dictionary words 57 suspect words 57 Finishing 111 proofing in a workflow 87 workflows 90 zoning in a workflow 87 Flexible View 21 23 Flipping images 45 Floating panels 21 Flowing Page 78 Form Arrangement toolbar 73 Form data extracting 74 Form drawing toolbar 72 Form objects editing 73 Form processing with dropout 45 Form
89. 7 82 83 Converters multiple 79 Converting from PDF 82 83 Converting image files 88 Copying to Clipboard 75 Cover pages for barcode processing 99 Creating new workflows from existing ones 90 training data 65 workflows 90 Crookedly scanned pages 46 Crop E 45 OmniPage 17 User s Guide Ctrl to avoid panel redocking 21 Custom Layout 41 Custom views 26 Customizing export converters 79 D Decreasing image resolution 46 Deleting jobs 96 training files 65 user dictionaries 60 Describing document layout 40 Deskew E 46 Deskewing digital camera images 46 Desktop 21 Desktop launching of workflows 88 Despeckle E 45 Dictionaries 58 Digital camera input 35 46 DirectOCR 32 Disabling job running 94 Disk space 11 DMS 85 Docking panels 21 Docking position display 21 Document Layout Form 41 Document Manager 21 22 Document Ready button 87 Documents double sided 39 exporting 75 in OmniPage 20 layout description 40 saving 75 sending to Clipboard 75 with varied layout 40 Document to document conversion 40 110 DOCX Word 2007 support 12 Dot removal from images 45 Double sided documents 39 Drawing zones in DirectOCR 34 Dropout color E 45 Dropping graphics from export 77 Dual screens 24 Duplex scanners 39 Dynamic verifier 58 E East Asian language support 12 61 Easy Loader 21 23 36 Easy Loader in Quick View 26 37 Editing character attributes 66 form objects 73 graphics 66 in True Page
90. A Batch Manager job must contain at least one saving step See Chapter 6 page 91 Workflows Saving and Exporting If you want to work with your document again in OmniPage in a later session save it as an OmniPage Document This is a special output file type It saves the original images together with the recognition results settings and training Exporting is done through button 3 on the OmniPage Toolbox It lists available export targets Some appear only if access to the Chapter 5 Saving and exporting 75 target is detected on your computer Select the desired target then click the Export Results button to begin export You can also perform exporting through the Process menu Saving original images You can save original images to disk in a wide variety of file types with or without image enhancement using the Image Enhancement Tools 1 Choose Save to File in the Export Results drop down list In the dialog box that appears select Image under Save as C Text Image C Multiple 2 Choose a folder location and a file type Type in a file name 3 Select to save the selected zone image s only the current page image selected page images or all images in the document For multiple zones or multiple pages you can have all images in a single multi page image file providing you set TIFF MAX DCX JB2 or Image only PDF or XPS as file type Otherwise each image is placed in a separate file OmniPage adds numerical suf
91. AW PROHIBITS THE LIMITATION OF DAMAGES IN SUCH CASES SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THIS EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE EXPORT CONTROL Licensee agrees to comply with all applicable export laws and restrictions and regulations of the United States of America or foreign agencies or authorities and not to export or re export the Software in violation of any such restrictions laws or regulations or without all necessary approvals U S GOVERNMENT END USERS This Section applies to all acquisitions of the Software by or for the government of the United States of America government or by any prime contractor or subcontractor at any tier under any contract grant cooperative agreement or other activity with the government By accepting delivery of the Software the government hereby agrees that this software qualifies as commercial computer software within the meaning of the acquisition regulation s applicable to the procurement The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall pertain to the government s use and disclosure of the Software and shall supersede any conflicting contractual terms or conditions If this Agreement fails to meet the government s needs or is inconsistent in any respect with the federal law of the United States of America the government agrees to return the Software unused to Nuance The following additional state
92. All in One Index enter a string in the Containing indexed text edit box enter a string same or different in the Name author keywords edit box and turn on as many file search checkmarks as desired The search returns a list of all items that contain the specified string or strings in both the file contents and the file information In other words you are likely to find few occurrences Finding Items 37 Use PDF Searchable Image In addition to using PaperPort s proprietary search and indexing amp capabilities you can also create PDF Searchable Image files paoressigua that can be indexed and searched outside of PaperPort PDF Searchable is a flavor of PDF it contains a bitmapped image of a document or graphic with textual content stored as hidden text This format maintains an identical appearance to the original document and enables other programs such as Nuance PDF Converter Professional Windows Desktop Search or Google to search the contents of the file You can create files in PDF Searchable Image format as follows e Open an item and choose Save As from its shortcut menu Choose PDF Searchable Image as its file type e Scan an item using the profile Color Searchable PDF document e Import an image only PDF into PDF Viewer Plus or PDF Converter Professional It may offer to make a searchable copy if not select Make Searchable PDF from the Tools menu e Print an image to the PaperPort desktop By default it be
93. DF or choose From File to select one or more files from an Open dialog box even if they were created in different applications The next three commands lead to the PDF Create Assistant giving you full control over the creation process You can also drag and drop files created in a print capable application onto the PDF Converter Professional workspace In this case the behavior is the same as when choosing From File e Be CS Open Open from SharePoint leer Blew POF esa gh Create PDF Portfolio Close Direct conversion from the active clipboard contents using existing settings Save Revision le E mail LJ Imposition Print Print with Comments Recent Files View Document Comments Forms Tools Blank POF From File Favorites eB Si te Multiple Files Window Direct conversion using the existing settings from the ScanSoft P DF Create Properties dialog box that you can access from File P rint Multiple selection is possible one PDF is created bine Multiple Files Overlay Multiple Files From Clipboard From Scanner for each file These commands work through the Create Assistant where settings are made through profiles Direct conversion via scanner s own interface multi page input via ADF may be possible Create PDFs from Print dialogs The Print dialog box appearing in your print capable applications will include a PD
94. F Create printer Load a file you want to make a PDF from then select File Print Select ScanSoft PDF Create as the name of your printer Specify a page range and other settings as desired One PDF file is created the number of copies value is ignored Click Properties to check or change PDF Create settings Click OK to start the creation By default the Save As dialog appears but you can give automated saving instructions under Properties PDF Settings Use the PDF Create Assistant The Assistant is called from the Windows Start menu It lets you compile a list of files to be converted These files may have been created in different applications Choose to combine the files in the given order to create a single PDF file or have each file converted separately You can package a set of files into a single PDF Files can also be overlaid for the conversion The Assistant lets you use profiles to control the PDF creation Profiles contain a group of settings designed for a particular outcome The program includes seven profiles you can create more for your own needs Help explains how to do this 10 Remove selected Move selected files Remove all files files from the list up or down from the list Nuance PDF Create Assistant a E Add Delete i 1 DA Down X Clear Open file Size Date Modified Open from csc 19 50 KB 10 9 2007 11 38 AM 4 Sample xps 53 79 KB 10 24 2007 14 39 PM A Screenshot bmp 178
95. Fail RICOH UNIVERSITY fe Lea ng Knowledge PERSONAL PAPERLESS DOCUMENT MANAGER v2 SUPPORT DOCUMENTATION It is the reader s responsibility when discussing the information contained within this document to maintain a level of confidentiality that is in the best interest of Ricoh Americas Corporation and its member companies NO PART OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE REPRODUCED IN ANY FASHION AND DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT THE PRIOR PERMISSION OF RICOH AMERICAS CORPORATION All product names domain names or product illustrations including desktop images used in this document are trademarks registered trademarks or the property of their respective companies They are used throughout this book in an informational or editorial fashion only and for the benefit of such companies No such use or the use of any trade name or web site is intended to convey endorsement or other affiliation with Ricoh products 2011 RICOH Americas Corporation All rights reserved WARNING The Service Manual contains information regarding service techniques procedures processes and spare parts of office equipment distributed by Ricoh Americas Corporation Users of this manual should be either service trained or certified by successfully completing a Ricoh Technical Training Program Untrained and uncertified users utilizing information contained in this service manual to repair or modify Ricoh equipment risk personal injury damage to property
96. Full View Here is the Assistant in Full View Three sample files are loaded the sample form is displayed in the Preview panel on the left Restore f Select conversion mode Convert Remove files Move files preview and target and display selected file from list up or down in the file their settings list sample form PDF Cunverter Assistant Convert all listed files View source or result file of List of loaded or selected item converted files Icons show file status You can add files by drag and drop Preview panel showing current page of selected file This icon shows that the page has ul a text layer Pages without a text layer display this icon Preview each page of your Specify a page range here By PDF XPS using these default all pages are converted navigation buttons 31 Starting the Program from other places To make the services of PDF Converter easy to call on it can be started from several locations as described in the following procedures The Windows Start Menu Choose PDF Converter Assistant from the Nuance PDF Professional 6 group in Programs or All Programs All conversions started from the Start menu use the PDF Converter Assistant It allows you to name input PDF or XPS files from your local computer or a Document Management System and decide how to handle output files Display of the created file is optional The Open PDF XPS button in a Microsoft Word Toolbar
97. If you have more workflows to upload repeat the above steps Sample 36 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide The administrator uses the Workflow Assistant in OmniPage Tools menu Workflow Assistant item to create a workflow with steps necessary to handle an invoice The workflow is exported from OmniPage Tools menu Workflows item as Invoice and then uploaded to the server through the Administration Tool The user will see the Invoice item on the device screen If this item is selected the scanned document is loaded into OmniPage on the user s machine and processed using the Invoice workflow Default profiles As an administrator use PaperPort to create profiles available for all users on their own machines To create profiles 1 Create one or more profiles in PaperPort 2 Close PaperPort 3 Copy the profiles xml file to a location accessible through the Administration tool from e XP 2003 Server C Documents and Settings All Users Application Data Nuance PaperPort 12 folder e Vista and later c ProgramData Nuance PaperPort 12 folder Click the Defaults tab at the top Click the Browse button in the Default Profiles section next to Profiles file Select Profiles xm1 inthe File Open dialog and click OK NO an Click the Upload File button in the Default Profiles section The file is now uploaded processed and the default profiles are displayed Sample The administrator uses Pape
98. M PSP Delivery Module 3 admin or the directory you have specified in the INSTALLDIR property 4 Click OK to complete the web application creation 5 Select this new PPDM ADMIN web application 6 Inthe Features View part of the screen double click on the Authentication icon NG erat normation Services 05 Mores i a Eile View Help l Open Feature a BP NSAN NUANCE N Explore h Application Pools Edit Permissions a Sites 5 4 Default Web Site Basic Setti b App_Data View Virtual Directories gt E aspnet_clien UA A 4 PPDM Manage Appiicaton b ADMIN Browse Application i gt ul Browse 80 http gt QEip ion settings for sites and applications p gt QOAPI ee b QOptimizer Deploy m gt 2 QOsa Export Application gt QOXPd Import Application gt QSPService2 a wei gt QWebListen Help Online Help aa Features View Content View Ready G 43 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide 4 5 Internet information Services IS Manager jE Disable the Anonymous Authentication option Enable the Windows Authentication option BP NSAN gt Sites Default WebSite PPDM ADMIN gt a File View Help al 4 83 BP NSAN NUANCE Ne Application Pools aD Sites 4 Default Web Site gt DB App_Data b aspnet_clien Configuration Default Web S
99. M PSP Delivery Module 3 server installer displays a warning and the Administration Tool reports an error Depending on the configuration of the server machine e g a different Java based application requires a different JRE version on the same machine these requirements might conflict with those of other applications therefore the Administration Tool allows the administrator to specify where to look for Java exe To specify where the Administration Tool should look for Java exe perform the following steps 1 Open the installation folder c Program Files PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 by default 2 Open the UI sub folder within the installation folder 3 Open the web config file in a text editor 4 Locate the lt add key JavaPath value gt element 5 Modify the value so that it points to a folder where Java exe corresponding to JRE version 1 5 or later is located 6 Save the web config file Whenever the administrator starts installing or uninstalling the PPDM application either manually or in batch mode the Administration Tool will check the value of the JavaPath key in the web config file If this value is not empty the Administration Tool will use Java exe from the specified folder empty the Administration Tool will assume that a proper version of Java exe is onthe PATH In either case the version information of Java exe will also be checked before starting the installation or un installation of t
100. Microsoft Word locales Converter Assistan Microsoft Word File Open Direct Conversion Microsoft Word Corel WordPerfect One local file Converter Assistan WordPerfect Microsoft Excel One local file Converter Assistan Excel Microsoft P owerP oint One local file Converter Assistan PowerPoint 2007 2007 Converter Assistan User defined Windows Explorer One cal tle Direct Conversion As last set Microsoft Outlook One or more mail Converter Assistan User defined attachments Direct Conversion As last set Lotus Notes One or more mail Converter Assistan User defined attachments Direct Conversion As last set Microsoft Internet i Explorer One web link Converter Assistan User defined Mozilla FireF ox One web link Converter Assistan User defined 27 Exporting PDF from the Professional program DK Qor ZA XPS Document The component that lets you export the content of PDF files to ral meorebocument editable formats is called PDF Converter Access it from the Convert PDF button in the File Dd Excel Spreadsheet toolbar Choose a direct conversion to e performed with current settings for the selected Word Form pa PowerP oint Presentation bey WordP erfect Document mode or choose the last item to ra open the PDF Converter L l MRC PDF Assistant for full control Searchable P DF b TXT Unicode Text gt Convert Area R Launch PDF Converter You can also perform direct conversions
101. NFIG 0 1 The default is 1 enabled This parameter should be used only in conjunction with the PSPSRVDEF and PSPSRVWATCH parameters Watch interval define the default watch interval 30 secs factory default Parameter POLINT 1 13 17 PaperPort behavior set default PaperPort behavior Run PaperPort in a Window Run PaperPort Minimized or Don t run PaperPort Parameter PPACTION 0 2 oo Run PaperPort in a Window factory default Example 1 Installing DesktopDeliveryPSP to watch the folder Documents on the P drive with German user interface setup exe L1031 v WATCHFOLDER P Documents FOLDERWATCH 1 Example 2 Installing DesktopDeliveryPSP to watch the folder repository on the server global with English user interface Watch interval is 3 minutes and PaperPort is launched minimized setup exe L1033 v FOLDERWATCH 1 PPACTION 2 WATCHFOLDER global repository POLINT 8 Example 3 Installing DesktopDeliveryPSP to poll the Microsoft Outlook inbox with the email profile MyProfile set setup exe v EMAILPROFILE MyProfile EMAILWATCH 1 Example 4 Installing DesktopDeliveryPSP Professional to use PSPTestServer as the Personalized MFP Scanning server setup exe L1033 v PSPSRVDEF PSPTestServer PSPSRVWATCH 1 Note All parameters not specified in the examples above will take their factory default values PPDM Desktop M
102. NOV 12 41PM 6 Select Off p 15 7 Press Enhanced Authentication Management from System Settings screen ie System Settings General Tray Paper Timer Interface Features Settings Settings Settings L Use Authentication Management Authentication SE Extended Security Enhanced Authentication Ethanced Authentication Management gt Auto Delete File in Document Server Administrator Authentication Management Delete ALl Files in Document Server File Transfer Pro gram Change Admi ninistrator Key Counter Management External Charge Unit Management Enhanced External Charge Unit Management 2 4 Previous W Next NOY 12 41PM 8 Select Off Note Should not be necessary as you should not have turned on enhanced Authentication management during installation 9 Press Administrator Authentication Management from System Settings screen ME System Settings Tray Paper Timer Interface Settings Settings Settings File Transfer General Features User Authentication Management Extended Security Enhanced Authentication Management Auto Delete File in Document Server EPT Administrator Authentication Management Delete All Files in Document Server Te Program Change Administrato Key Counter Management External Charge Unit Management Enhanced External Charge Unit Management Dy a Previo
103. Offers zoning tools e Rotate toolbar Provides rotating tools e Table toolbar Inserts moves and removes row and column dividers Formatting toolbar Formats recognized text in the Text Editor Verifier toolbar Controls the location and appearance of the verifier Reorder toolbar Modifies the order of elements in recognized pages Mark Text toolbar Performs text marking and redacting Form Drawing toolbar Creates new form elements Form Arrangement toolbar Arranges and aligns form elements All toolbars can be moved and customized in each view to your particular needs including use of a secondary monitor Chapter 2 The OmniPage Desktop and Views 27 The Form toolbars and the Mark Text toolbar for details see Chapter 4 page 69 appear only in OmniPage Professional 17 PROFESSIONAL Basic Processing Steps There are three ways of handling documents with automatic manual or workflow processing The basic steps for all processing methods are broadly the same j 1 Bring a set of images into OmniPage You can scan a Ta paper document with or without an Automatic Document Feeder ADF or load one or more image files 2 Perform OCR to generate editable text After OCR lt 2 you can check and correct errors in the document using the OCR Proofreader and edit the document in the Text Editor j 3 Export the document to the desired location You can B save your document to a specified file name and type
104. PDF Create By selecting more than one item you can convert multiple items to a new format at the same time Refer to Help for details Assembling documents You can assemble documents by combining them The files to be selected need to be in a single folder and selected in the order you want them in the stack Click the arrow next to Combine Items and choose one of the available combinations e Combine into PDF Stack Each original page becomes one PDF page with no resizing e Combine into Multi item PDF Pages Resize to fit This resizes the contributing items and always places four original pages onto a single PDF page e Combine into Multi item PDF Pages Maintain original sizes This places as many original pages onto each PDF page as it can e Combine into Thumbnail PDF Page This creates thumbnails of all item pages and fits as many as possible on a PDF page Converting Items 43 The original items remain in their original file types Combining usually takes more time than stacking because of PDF generation PaperPort Professional can additionally combine text items To convert a text item the application that created it must be available on your system Convert images to text You can convert scanned documents to text by a simple drag and drop of the thumbnail to your word processor program PaperPort automatically processes your scanned document using PaperPort s OCR software launches your word processing prog
105. Per Document All content destined for a single output document will be transferred to a single sheet This is useful for handling tables which extend over several pages When you do Standard Document conversions tables in the PDF become tables in the output file Form conversions This uses Logical Form Recognition technology to detect form elements and convert them correctly Choose from e No form controls The result will be a fillable form with static form elements You can use form handling tools in the target application to modify the form design e Create form controls The result will be a fillable and editable form You can change field labels and modify the form design 38 Handling Mixed Input Files Files often have mixed content flowing text tables and forms In many cases you can process these files with the setting Standard Document and receive good results For more precise control your can use page ranges to separate forms and tables and convert them separately For example to best unlock a file with two pages of illustrated text followed by a one page table you want to do calculations on and finally a three page form convert pages 1 and 2 as Standard Document page 3 as Spreadsheet and pages 4 6 as Form How do PDF files work PDF files display texts correctly wherever they are viewed because they carry their typographic information with them Fonts in the document are embedded in the PDF file and are use
106. SPUser Allow Deny 9 Click OK to close this dialog 10 Select the Security tab 11 Click the Edit and then the Add button On Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 click the Add button 12 Enter PSPUser and click OK to close Add Wizard 13 Select the PSPUser item in Group or user names list box 14 Tur on Full Control for the PSPUser account e Pose E General Sharing Security Previous Versions Customize Object name D TemporaryStorage PSPUser BP NSAN PSPUse To change permissions click Edit Edit Pemissions for PSPUser For special pemissions or advanced settings Leam about access control and permissions o cnai oy 15 Click OK You have finished setting up SMB access to the folder TemporaryStorage 19 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Checking SMB access 1 Open Windows Explorer and navigate to lt lt your computer name gt gt TemporaryStorage 2 Create a new folder and name it Test r ve m GO 4 MachineName TemporaryStorage gt Search Tem P File Edit View Tools Help Organize Share with Burn New folder a Fil G Libraries 4 Name gt More options bn B Nagy Sandor jE Computer Gu Network g Control Panel E Recucle Bin e di Test 9 9 201 m Copy a file into this directory Make sure you do not get any error
107. SV file content 103140 2 15 1 1 29 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide 10 140 1 15 1 0 10 140 24 34 0 0 Explanation 1 PPDM is installed on the device at 10 140 1 15 PPDM starts automatically 2 PPDM is installed on the device at 10 140 1 15 PPDM does not start automatically 3 PPDM is uninstalled from the device at 10 140 24 34 The result of each batch operation is a log file that is accessible from the Administration Tool Setting The Device Working Folder 3 The next step is to set the working folder of the device This is where images will temporarily be stored a Click the Repository tab at the top b The Repository page is displayed a ical Language fee WL OS Server version 3 0 Use the fields below to vi change file destination for scanning All devices managed by this server will use the same settings Location Server MachineName Share Name TemporaryStorage Folder Path Files will be stored at the location lt Server gt lt Share Name gt lt Folder Path gt lt domain gt lt username gt where lt domain gt and lt username gt are generated automatically from the information provided by the user on logging into the device Specify the account the device should use when transferring scanned images User Name For example MyDomain MyUser1 or MyUsert Password a Store Settings c Enter the information of a shared folder al
108. States and or other countries The Verity logo is a trademark or registered trademark of Verity Inc in the United States and or other countries All other trademarks referenced herein are the property of their respective owners Outside In Viewer Technology copyright 1998 Stellent Chicago Inc All rights reserved The word verification spelling and hyphenation portions of this product as detailed in the legal section of the Help system are based in part on Proximity Linguistic Technology from Franklin Electronic Publishers Inc All rights reserved This product was developed using Kakadu software and is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group This software is based in part on the Zlib Compression Library and the work of Colosseum Builders Nuance Communications Inc 1 Wayside Road Burlington Massachusetts 01803 4609 U S A Nuance Communications International BVBA Guldensporenpark 32 Building D BE 9820 Merelbeke Belgium PaperPort 12 Getting Started Guide January 2010 CONTENTS Welcome to PaperPort 5 Installing PaperPort 5 Activating PaperPort 6 Registration 7 Learning PaperPort 7 Technical Support 8 What s new in PaperPort 12 9 Getting to Know PaperPort 12 The PaperPort desktop 12 The PaperPort Ribbon 13 PaperPort items 13 The Folders pane 14 PaperPort item thumbnails 15 PaperPort page thumbnails 17 Two part i top 17 The Image View window 19 Customizable Quick Access Toolbar 20 PDF Viewer P
109. Using Scan Profiles PaperPort comes with scan profiles optimized for typical scanning tasks Choose Black and White Grayscale or Color Document Color Photograph or Color Searchable PDF Document PaperPort Getting Started Guide 22 Scan profile panels have the following tabs e Profile displays the currently used scan profile e SET define what enhancements you would like to run automatically e Output set file format and automatically suffixed file names e Scan adjust scan settings mode resolution size orientation filter color brightness and contrast In PaperPort Professional 12 you can also add new profiles or remove existing ones This edition of the program contains an extra scan profile Color PDF MRC High Compression MRC is a technology that lets you make much smaller PDF files gt Print to PaperPort S To bring items in from other programs print them to the PaperPort desktop as PDF Image PDF Searchable or PaperPort Image max items The default is PDF Image go to Desktop gt Options gt Item to change it This lets you quickly import spreadsheets pictures database files word processing files and other files into PaperPort as items on the PaperPort desktop This works through the File menu or equivalent in the source application choose Print to PaperPort or choose Print then choose PaperPort Image Printer With PaperPort Professional you can use PDF Create add in buttons in Office applications to
110. a reply you can choose a non PDF file from your computer to have it converted to PDF and attached The program can create PDF files in versions 1 3 to 1 7 and PDF A Files can be protected by passwords and can include watermarks Compression and font settings give you control over PDF file size and appearance Edit PDF Files Nuance PDF Converter Professional gives you extensive control og over your PDF files through an easy to use browsing and reading interface You can edit pages and documents annotate and review them adjust document security sign your documents and more PDF documents can be compiled from different sources and pages can be rearranged The program delivers a powerful document management system use it to create archives from related documents to index and search them later Alternatively in the Enterprise edition you can access different document management systems through the application use them to store or archive your PDF documents Export PDF Files _ Nuance PDF Converter 7 lets you unlock PDF and XPS files to VR edit them as Microsoft Word Microsoft Excel Microsoft PowerPoint Corel WordPerfect and generic RTF files It also lets you open PDFor XPS files directly from these and other applications edit them and save them in the appropriate file type It converts PDF files up to and including version 1 7 Encrypted PDF files can be opened if the required password is provided Inst
111. ach it to a new empty message in your default e mail program Outlook or Lotus Notes The button s drop down list also lets you access creation options To make a PDF from a web page linked to the current one right click on the link and choose Create PDF file from the content of the link ScanSoft PDF Create Properties dialog box This gives you full control over conversions done without using the PDF Create Assistant In the General panel you define page size orientation resolution for the PDF choose whether or not to view it after creation and choose a grayscale or color PDF The PDF Settings panel lets you define the PDF version control font embedding set compression types and severity define passwords and add watermarks It gives you choices for naming the created PDF file s and defining properties such as title author subject and keywords The created file s can also be directed as attachments to an E mail message ready for distribution The ScanSoft PDF Create Properties dialog box can be accessed from the Print dialog box in your applications When working from the Create Assistant or Windows Explorer these settings are made through the profiles If you need to access these settings from Microsoft Word choose File Print instead of the Create PDF button How to overlay PDF files Overlay options let you place artwork or other fixed items onto just the first page of your PDF files together with items that change from file
112. aded into OmniPage It is also possible to select a scanner based workflow from those you have created or choose to be prompted to select a workflow whenever the button is pressed Use the Control Panel button to associate OmniPage with a scanner event a scanner button being pressed Then a button press launches OmniPage runs the workflow and sends the results to the defined target with or without interaction In OmniPage Professional this feature can also be used to initiate barcode driven workflows see Chapter 4 page 93 Chapter 3 Defining the source of page images 39 Document to document conversion In OmniPage Professional 17 you can open not only image files but also documents created in word paofessioxal processing and similar applications Supported file types include doc xls ppt rtf wpd and others Click the Load Files button in the OmniPage Toolbox or select the Load Files command under Get Page in the File menu In the Load Files dialog box choose Documents When you are finished you can choose from a wide variety of document file types for saving These conversions require Nuance PDF Create to be installed or Describing the layout of the document Before starting recognition you are requested to describe the layout of the incoming pages to assist the auto zoning process When you do automatic processing auto zoning always runs unless you specify a template that does not contain a process zone or
113. ailboxes In OmniPage Professional 17 you can specify watched mailboxes as job input These allow processing to be PROFESSIONAL be started automatically whenever image files of specified D file types are placed in pre defined e mail folders This D is useful to have sets of files with predictable content arriving processed automatically on arrival even if no one is in attendance The program supports watching Microsoft Outlook and Lotus Notes mailboxes Chapter 6 Watched mailboxes 98 Barcode processing In OmniPage Professional 17 you can run workflows sets of steps and their settings using barcode cover pages that define which workflow should run A barcode cover page identifies a workflow with workflow identifier workflow ia name and workflow steps and contains information on workflow creation name of the creator date of creation etc Note that barcode processing cannot be recurrent or PROFESSIONAL There are two ways of doing barcode processing Scanner input Workflow processing is driven by placing the cover page on top of a document to be scanned and pushing the scanner s Start button Image file input Job processing is driven by copying the barcode cover page image into a watched folder that will receive the document images to be processed For scanner input you have to 1 Create a workflow that contains the processing steps you need with Scan Images as first step 2 Print a barcode page that
114. al 48 105 107 modifying templates 53 numeric 50 process 51 prohibited shapes 52 properties 49 replacing templates 54 saving templates 54 table 51 53 templates 42 53 105 types 49 105 unloading templates 55 vertical Asian text 62 working with 51 Zoning in a workflow 87 Zoning on the fly 68 Zoom E 44 Zooming displays 22 58 OmniPage 17 User s Guide 119 THIRD PARTY LICENSES NOTICES The word verification spelling and hyphenation portions of this product are based in part on Proximity Linguistic Technology The Proximity Hyphenation System Copyright 1988 All Rights Reserved Franklin Electronic Publishers Inc The Proximity Merriam Webster American English Linguibases Copyright 1982 1983 1987 1988 Merriam Webster Inc Copyright 1982 1983 1987 1988 Franklin Electronic Publishers Inc Words are checked against the 116 000 80 821 92 641 106713 118 533 91928 103 792 130 690 and 140 713 word Proximity Merriam Webster Linguibases The Proximity Collins British English Linguibases Copyright 1985 William Collins Sons amp Co Ltd Legal and Medical Supplements Copyright 1982 Merriam Webster Inc Copyright 1982 1985 Franklin Electronic Publishers Inc Words are checked against the 80 307 90 406 105 785 and 115 784 word Proximity Collins Linguibases The Proximity Collins French German Italian Portuguese Brazilian Portuguese Continental Spanish Linguibases Copyright 1984 1985
115. allation and Activation PDF Converter Professional 7 detects previous versions and components and prompts for your confirmation to remove them You should have administrator rights on the computer to install and activate the program You need web access for activation 1 Insert the CD ROM in your CD ROM drive The installation program will start automatically If it does not locate your CD ROM drive in Microsoft Windows Explorer and double click the program s AutoRun exe file Select a language for installation The InstallShield Wizard will appear If you have downloaded the program from the Nuance web site double click its autorun exe file 2 License and Serial Number You must accept the license agreement in order to proceed You must enter a serial number You will find this on the CD sleeve or on the Nuance web site or a reseller s site at the download location Some resellers let you see the serial number at a later time by returning to your purchase order Be sure to keep the serial number in a safe place it is fully checked only during product activation and is also needed for any re installations Serial numbers never include the letter O always use zero 3 Location and Setup Type The installer offers a default location for the program Accept it or define a different one Select Complete or Custom Setup Choose Custom to accept or decline installation of the PDF unlocking component Choose Custom a
116. alog box as embedded and can be saved to a new named template file at the new location by using the Extract button Chapter 3 Zones and backgrounds 55 Proofing and editing Recognition results are placed in the Text Editor These can be recognized texts tables forms and embedded graphics This WYSIWYG What You See Is What You Get editor is detailed in this chapter Asian text handling is in some respects different from other languages See Asian language recognition on page 61 The editor display and formatting levels The Text Editor displays recognized texts and can mark words that were suspected during recognition with red wavy underlines They are displayed with red characters in the OCR Proofreader A word may be suspect because it was not found in any active dictionary standard user or professional It may also be suspect as a result of the OCR process even if it is found in the dictionary If the uncertainty stems from certain characters in the word these are shown with a yellow highlight both in the Editor and the OCR Proofreader Choose to have non dictionary words marked or not in the Proofing panel of the Options dialog box All markers can be shown or hidden as selected in the Text Editor panel of the Options dialog box You can also show or hide non printing characters and header footer indicators The Text Editor panel also lets you define a unit of measurement for the program and a word wrap setting for us
117. and attempt to initiate a connection through the Internet to a website maintained by Nuance that contains notification information related to the Software This connection may be made using the Internet connections and telephone lines under your control From time to time you may receive notices about the Software or other information through this Internet connection By installing the Software on your computer you hereby consent to have the Software initiate a connection through the Internet to Nuance s website to use your resources to connect to such website and to receive notices about the Software and other information through this Internet connection RESTRICTIONS Except as otherwise expressly permitted in this Agreement Licensee may not a reproduce or copy any of the Software b modify or create any derivative works of the Software including translation or localization c decompile disassemble reverse engineer or otherwise attempt to derive the source code for the Software d redistribute encumber sell rent lease sublicense or otherwise transfer rights to the Software e remove or alter any trademark logo copyright or other proprietary notices legends symbols or labels in the Software f without Nuance s prior written consent which may be given or withheld in Nuance s sole discretion either 1 provide service bureau services using the Software or 2 otherwise enter into an agreement with a third party
118. and printing OCR may take longer Supported file types Supported image file formats for loading are TIFF PCX DCX BMP JPEG JB2 JP2 GIF PNG XIFF MAX PDF XPS and HD Photo Supported file types for saving recognition results as text are HTML 3 2 4 0 Microsoft Excel 97 2000 XP 2003 2007 Microsoft PowerPoint 97 Microsoft Publisher 98 Microsoft Word 97 2000 XP 2003 WordML 2007 Chapter 7 Supported file types 107 OmniPage Documents PDF Normal Edited with image on text with image substitutes RTF Word 6 0 95 RTF Word 97 RTF Word 2000 RTF 2000 ExactWord WordPad WordPerfect 12 X3 Text Text with line breaks Text Formatted Text Comma Separated Unicode Text Unicode Text with line breaks Unicode Text Formatted Unicode Text Comma Separated Wave Audio Converter to save recognized text being read aloud In OmniPage Professional 17 there is also support for eBook Microsoft InfoPath for forms Microsoft Reader and XML Chapter 7 Supported file types 108 Index Click a page number to jump to the referenced item E Image Enhancement tool F Form handling tool Symbols NET Framework 3 0 12 82 Numerics 3D deskew 46 A Accuracy improvement 38 63 105 influence of brightness 38 influence of despeckling 45 influence of training 63 scanning influence 38 Acquire Text menu items 33 Activating OmniP age 18 Adding attachments to mail 83 to zones 52 training to trainin
119. ard 75 Panels 21 PaperP ort 19 29 Paragraph editing attributes 66 Styles 66 77 Passwords for PDF 82 Pausing workflows 88 PDF converting from to 82 PDF Edited 80 PDF file input 34 PDF flavors 80 PDF linearized 82 PDF to MS Word 83 Pending pages 68 Performance problems during OCR 107 Pixel sizes for images 35 Plain Text in Editor 56 78 Plain Text view 78 OmniPage 17 User s Guide Pleading numbers 41 Pointer E 44 PowerPoint 2007 PPTX 107 Preprocessing images 42 Primary image 42 Primary OCR Image E 44 Problems with faxes 106 Process backgrounds 48 Process zones 51 Processing basic steps of 21 from other applications 32 manual 32 step by step 32 Steps overview 21 with workflows 87 Professional dictionaries 58 61 Professional version 10 Program panels 21 Progress reports from workflows 96 Prohibited zone shapes 52 Proofing in a workflow 87 options 57 Properties of zones 49 Purpose of training 63 Purpose of workflows 86 Q Quality of images 39 Quick Convert View 21 25 Quick Convert View with Easy Loader 26 37 R Reading order 67 Reading text aloud with RealS peak 70 Recognition 115 accuracy 39 63 105 languages 61 106 problems with faxes 106 saving results 77 speeding up 106 Rectangle tool F 72 Recurrent jobs 93 98 Redacting text 69 Redocking panels 21 Reducing image area 45 Registration 17 Reinstalling OmniPage 18 Removing image edges 45 Removing noise from images 45
120. are 18 Unloading training files 65 user dictionaries 60 zone templates 54 URLS 67 User dictionaries 57 60 User interaction in workflows 87 Using DirectOCR 33 V Verifying language choices 62 Verifying text 58 Vertical arrangement tools F 73 Vertical dictionaries 61 Vertical text 61 Vertical text auto zoning 49 Viewing input or output files 96 Viewing vertical texts 49 Viewing workflow progress 96 Views 21 changing 21 26 Classic 22 Custom 26 Flexible 23 Quick Convert 25 resetting 23 using Window menu 23 W Warning messages from jobs 96 Watched folders 97 98 Watched mailboxes 98 Web access for activation 12 Web display with PDF files 82 Web page links 67 Window menu for view control 23 Windows Explorer 37 88 Wizard for direct conversions 37 83 Wizard for scanner setup 14 Word 2007 DOCX 107 Word files as input 40 Workflow Assistant 32 89 Workflow Status 21 27 96 Workflow viewer 96 Workflows composition 86 creating 90 finishing 90 for form data extraction 74 image enhancement steps 47 pausing and stopping 88 running 87 Started from scanner 39 steps and settings 89 taskbar icon 88 user interaction 87 viewing status 96 Working with zones 51 Workspace management 24 X XPS 12 82 107 XPSX Excel 2007 12 Z Zones 50 OmniPage 17 User s Guide 118 adding to 52 alphanumeric 50 changing types 51 deleting templates 53 graphic 51 ignore 51 in DirectOCR 34 irregular 52 joining 52 manu
121. are designed to work with an operating system that is properly configured with the corresponding language Use of these products with operating systems that are configured with non supported languages is not recommended or supported Ricoh Americas Corporation Nuance Communications Inc 1 Wayside Road Burlington MA 01803 4609 2011 Ricoh Americas Corporation and Nuance Communications Inc All rights reserved Nuance and the Nuance logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications Inc in the United States and other countries Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Other prod uct names and images used in this guide may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies and are hereby acknowledged Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 Network Installation Guide TritrOdUCHORS 26st aiid cee aa nando ee RAD cols cash ished tant ok ely etd a ok 4 Softwate Comporienits 225s te cus sige eet peed arbi eee toes 5 Creatingvadiministrative imag eginevsr Aft i eel IE la Sects Saal k aes ieee nid eS OS bse sts 6 Creating administrative images for the prerequisites 1 22 2 20 e eee cece cee ce cece eee ee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 Installation ordery fis 2s ecot ec aecca ee Me Re ak EAN et NN Ate eA tel Bt E sea a as 8 Distributing administrative images Active Directory 2 2 2 2 02 20022 ce cece eee cece cece cess eee e cess eee 9 Dis
122. at L came with your scanner to scan items Then copy or move the scanned items to PaperPort Refer to the PaperPort Help for more information about scanning PaperPort makes it easy to scan pages as separate items or as a multi page item To scan and collate two sided pages on your ADF scanner flip the pages when prompted click Scan Other Side and PaperPort will automatically scan and collate the pages in the correct order You can also use your scanner device buttons to scan directly into PaperPort Open the Windows system Control Panel choose Scanners and Cameras choose an event in the Events tab and assign PaperPort to it You can also use a high speed networked scanner to scan items to a networked z folder and then add the folder to PaperPort Use DesktopDelivery available in PaperPort Professional 12 to monitor folders for incoming scanned images wg Set up your scanner with PaperPort Before using PaperPort for scanning your scanner should be installed with its own scanner driver software and tested for correct functionality Scanner driver software is not included with PaperPort Properly installed and correctly functioning scanners are z immediately available in PaperPort by clicking the Select button and choosing one in the Available Scanners dialog If you are not satisfied for your scan results you can run the PaperPort Scanner Setup Wizard from the Start menu under the program group PaperPort 12 0
123. ated series of illustrated mini guides showing typical tasks and processes providing quick access to program areas and relevant Help topics The How to Guides can be switched on in the Help section of the tabbed ribbon The following new and key features are available only in PaperPort Professional 12 Folder Management You can now automatically create multiple folders by importing a list of folder names from a text file This option is available when you right click on any folder New features in PDF Viewer Plus and PDF Create Assistant You can create industry standard text based PDF documents from any application directly with a right click through the Windows or PaperPort Desktops up to PDF version 1 7 using the PDF Create Assistant or by printing directly from any application with the PDF Create printer driver Additionally you can create PDF packages batch create PDF files and much more using the PDF Create Assistant A table in the PDF Viewer Help in the section on PDF creation summarizes which options and targets are available Support for SharePoint PaperPort Professional 12 is able to communicate with the Microsoft SharePoint Services 2003 SharePoint Portal 2003 SharePoint Services 2007 and SharePoint Server 2007 document management systems get files from there process them as desired and then save the results by sending the output files back through the Send To Bar ScanDirect supports scanning to PDF with
124. below 20 Advanced toolbar Use this toolbar to include movies sounds 3D files or Silverlight content in your PDF You can view and edit 3D files Imposition right most button Prepare the PDF for DTP style physical printing Measure toolbar Lo A Use this toolbar to measure dimensions inside elements in the PDF whose scale you can define Document Assembly To edit page contents or perform page operations while viewing several pages activate Document Assembly view in the View menu or by clicking the Document Assembly button at the bottom of your screen The Document Assembly toolbar lets you insert extract delete and renumber pages split your current document or work with headers and footers create update or remove them This view shows small sized pages not static thumbnails so comments can be placed and text selections copied to other pages even in other documents The right most button is new Page Assembly It avoids the need to open multiple instances of the program ti insert pages from a set of documents Each document is displayed in a tab using page thumbnails This lets you view documents and drag and drop the desired pages into the target document A wide variety of file types are supported conversion to PDF takes place when required 21 Document Security To modify the security settings for your document click Document gt Document Properties and choose the Security tab This will always
125. ble files from scanning Open a scanning profile and set the PDF file type in the Output panel or choose the supplied profile Color Searchable PDF Document See the Help topic Modifying Scan Profiles Use the profile to generate PDF files Create a PDF from an existing PDF XPS or image item Right click on a PDF file and choose Duplicate Item Duplicate Current Page ot Save As The flavor of a source PDF is retained for the copy Right click on an image item and choose Duplicate as PDF or Save As When you double click an XPS file so that it opens in PDF Viewer Plus a copy is automatically created as a PDF file ready to be modified and saved Creating PDF Documents with PDF Create Nuance PDF Create lets you create PDF files from one or amp more soutce documents The PDF files will be viewable printable searchable and editable PROFESSIONAL How to Start PDF Creation You can start PDF creation from different locations e from the Start menu through the Create Assistant e from Windows Explorer or from your desktop using a shortcut menu e from Microsoft Word Excel PowerPoint Outlook or Internet Explorer using a toolbar or the PDF Create menu items or the Nuance PDF ribbon PDF File Support 47 The Help topic About creating PDF files details all the possible starting points for PDF creation and the available choices You can create one or more of these PDF flavors depending upon your version of PaperPort software Refer to
126. cally reflecting modifications on the left marking or unmarking folders profiles or workflows Newly marked items are added to the bottom of the table To change item order use the buttons Up and Down The device panel has limited space so long folder profile and workflow names may get truncated when added to the table To change truncated names use the Rename button Predefined items Current Desktop or none cannot be moved or renamed You can use the Device panel dropdown list at the bottom to match the on screen display of the table with that of the device panel type This way you can have a preview of how your items will look like on different devices When you select table items the corresponding folder profile or workflow gets selected on the left When you change the selected folder profile or workflow on the left the corresponding item gets selected in the table provided that it is marked If you mark too many items folders scanning profiles or workflows on the left to fit into the limited space of the device panel a special item appears in the table More This will also be added to the list on the device panel Push More on the device panel to access items that are listed in light grey under More on your screen HC My PaperPort Documents H H Articles H A Bank Statements MO Business Cards Items displayed on the device H Faxes HC Investments H Photographs My PaperPort OO Presentations O0 Real
127. ce during installation Additionally e 170MB for all Nuance RealSpeak modules 80MB for RealSpeak Solo American English language module additional 9 11MB per RealSpeak Solo other language hodis e 95MB for Nuance PDF Create Supplied with OmniPage Professional 17 only 150MB for PaperPort Supplied with OmniPage Professional 17 only 1024x768 pixel color monitor with 16 bit color or greater video card A sound card and speaker for reading text aloud Chapter 1 Installation and setup 11 e ACD ROM drive for installation or web access suitable for download e A Windows compatible pointing device 2 megapixel digital camera or higher for digital camera text capture See Help for details A compatible scanner with its own scanner driver software if you plan to scan documents See the Scanner Guide at Nuance s web site www nuance com for a list of supported scanners Web access is needed for product activation and registration Scanner Wizard database updating and obtaining live updates for the program East Asian language handling must be installed in the operating system to view Japanese Chinese or Korean documents Control Panel Regional and Language Options To save DOCX and XPSX files for Microsoft Office 2007 Word and Excel or to load and save XPS files XML Paper Specification you should have or install Microsoft NET Framework 3 0 The link to the Microsoft download page can be fou
128. chronize Views click this tool to zoom and scroll the inactive view to the same zoom value and scroll position as the active view To make the inactive view dynamically follow the focus of the active one click View then choose the Keep Synchronized command PO WH The following SET tools allow you to modify image contents Brightness and Contrast click this tool to adjust the brightness and contrast of your primary image or a selected part of it Use the sliders in the tool area to achieve the desired effect P AR Hue Saturation Lightness click this tool then use the sliders to modify the hue saturation and lightness of your primary image P AR A Crop to use only a part of your image click the Select Area tool then the Crop tool and select the area to keep the rest of the image will be removed P O WH gt AR Rotate click this tool to rotate by 90 180 or 270 degrees and or flip your image P O WH Despeckle click this tool to remove stray dots from your image Despeckle works on the OCR image at 4 levels of severity You can also use this tool not to remove noise from the page but to strengthen letter outlines to do this mark the checkbox Inverse despeckling O AR g OCR Brightness use this tool the set Brightness and Contrast of your OCR image See the diagram of optimum brightness under Preprocessing Images above O AR Dropout color click this tool and select Red Green Blue or choos
129. comes an Image PDF Go to Desktop gt Options gt Item to specify Searchable PDF as your preference ra Schedule indexing tasks The Index Manager is a PaperPort Professional 12 application designed to create modify and schedule indexing tasks for a given local or network folder Indexed files can afterwards be searched with the All in One Search PaperPort Getting Started Guide 38 For new tasks you can set which folder to browse local or network with subfolders included or excluded set timing and recurrence duration pattern and range activate and deactivate a task pause its completion or skip a task occurrence In the program settings dialog box you can specify how and when the Index Manager should stop haring Fil Sharing Files PaperPort provides many tools to make it easy for you to share files images and documents with friends colleagues and business associates These tools are built into the program and are readily available on different ribbons for quick access whenever you need them To help you share your items with others PaperPort makes it easy to E mail items to others simply by dragging the items to your favorite e mail program on the PaperPort Send To bar Scan or convert items to the PDF format the ever popular Q file sharing format considered by many as the industry aan standard for document distribution Access shared folders located on your local or wide area a network by adding
130. ctions on each screen to install the software All files needed for scanning are copied automatically during installation Unless deselcted in the OmniPage Professional installation Nuance PDF Create 5 installation starts as soon the installation of OmniPage is completed Document to document conversions depend on PDF Create being present OmniPage Professional is supplied with a complimentary copy of the Nuance PaperPort document management product This must be installed separately and has its own system requirements Chapter 1 Installing OmniPage 13 Setting up your scanner with OmniPage All files needed for scanner setup and support are copied automatically during the program s installation but no scanner setup occurs at installation time Before using OmniPage 17 for scanning your scanner should be installed with its own scanner driver software and tested for correct functionality Scanner driver software is not included with OmniPage You can start this yourself as described below Otherwise it appears when you first attempt to perform scanning Proceed as follows Scanner setup is done through the Scanner Setup Wizard Choose Start gt All Programs gt Nuance gt OmniPage 17 gt Scanner Setup Wizard or click the Setup button in the Scanner panel of the Options dialog box or choose Scan in the Get Page drop down list in the OmniPage Toolbox and click the Get Page button The Scanner Setup Wizard starts If
131. cts as a cover page Archive E mail PDF Professional lets you archive selected e mails and e mail folders You can choose to create a single PDF from each message merge all selected archive items into one PDF each message will be bookmarked inside it or package the selected items Message attachments keep their original file types Batch processing This lets you build a series of commands and their settings into a named and stored sequence letting you efficiently apply pre defined processing to groups of PDF files repeatedly by just running a sequence Input and output file names and locations can be predefined or enquired run time and output can be to non PDF file types It is also possible to run a batch processing sequence on all PDF files currently open in PDF Professional In that case the output is always PDF and it replaces the input files inside the program 24 Other new features Support is introduced for PDF layers this is useful in working with archtectural plans and in preparing PDF files for delivery to printing houses Document flattening allows annotations to be removed or converted to document objects Integration of the program in internet browsers is expanded to Google Chrome and Apple Safari The following features are provided only in the Enterprise d edition along with Enterprise documentation for network administrators Legal Support Legal stamps are available along with Bates stamping and CaseMap sup
132. d after distribution to reconstruct the document The display does not depend on the needed font files being available on the viewing machine nor on the language of its operating system PDF documents present their pages as images They can be marked up and commented but the ability to change the basic text is limited Most PDF files can be searched because the file has two layers There is an image layer that is presented on screen Behind that there is usually a text layer that can be matched to the characters displayed on the screen Display layer Text layer Nuance Communications inc 39 When the starting point for a PDF file is a set of images or a scanning process this text layer is not present and the result is an image only PDF When the starting point is an editable document the text layer can be created and the PDF is called Normal or Searchable The creator of a PDF can require provision of a password to allow access the text layer How does PDF Converter work PDF Converter has the ability to perform Optical Character Recognition OCR This is the process of extracting text from an image It does not need to use OCR to unlock PDF or XPS files with an accessible text layer it must capture the page layout and arrange the given text and other elements correctly on each page in the new document Optical Character Recognition OCR is normally used only for input pages without an accessible text layer or
133. d before recognition With automatic processing the template zones can be viewed and modified only after recognition With workflow processing use the zone images step This combines two steps load templates and manual zoning To use a zone template click the Add button in the appropriate panel of the Workflow Assistant and select the zone template file to use Then make your choice between displaying images for manual zoning applying the zone template or applying it and display the images Templates accept ignore and process zones and backgrounds They can therefore be useful to define which parts of the pages to process with auto zoning and which parts to ignore Process zones or process background areas from a template may be replaced during recognition by a set of smaller zones specific zone types will be assigned to these zones How to save a zone template Select a background value and prepare zones on a page Check their locations and properties Click Zone Template in the Tools menu In the dialog box select zones on page and click Save then assign a name and optionally a different path Choose a network location to share the template file Click OK The new zone template remains loaded How to modify a zone template Load the template and acquire a suitable image with manual processing The template zones appear Modify the zones and or properties as desired Open the Zone Template Files dialog box The current tem
134. d files are placed in the input folder Use the Convert Now Wizard to access basic settings such as whether or not to view results in the target application This wizard lets you do immediate conversions or call the Workflow Assistant to access all settings for instance to change target file names and locations This shortcut menu item also offers all workflows that have image file input Chapter 3 Defining the source of page images 37 Input from scanner You must have a functioning supported scanner correctly installed with OmniPage 17 You have a choice of scanning modes In making your choice there are two main considerations e Which type of output do you want in your export document e Which mode will yield best OCR accuracy Laf Scan black and white amp Select this to scan in black and white Black and white images can be scanned and handled quicker than others and occupy less disk space gt Scan grayscale D Select this to use grayscale scanning For best OCR accuracy use this for pages with varying or low contrast not much difference between light and dark and with text on colored or shaded backgrounds Scan color Select this to scan in color This will function only with color scanners Choose this if you want colored graphics texts or backgrounds in the output document For OCR accuracy it offers no more benefit than grayscale scanning but will require much more time memory resources and disk space B
135. d in the same list Function pane showing page thumbnails Active Workspace Desktop split Inactive Workspace VGM e ere eae Be tO CHG Function pane Send To bar showing folders PaperPort Getting Started Guide 18 The Image View window To view an image item in the Image View window double click its thumbnail in Desktop view or choose Open with Image View on the Desktop ribbon or from its shortcut menu By default PDF files appear in PDF Viewer Plus not in Image View The Image View window allows you to take a closer look at your items and to touch up and annotate them You can also enlarge or reduce the view for easy reading Use the SET tools to enhance the current page image Use the Page Thumbnails pane to edit your document at page level Select Return to Desktop button SET tools on the Area by default on the Quick Page ribbon button Access Toolbar also on the View ribbon Current page displayed in large size ready for enhancement or annotating Page Thumbnails Pane displays one thumbnail for each page in the document Getting to Know PaperPort 19 Customizable Quick Access Toolbar PaperPort s buttons are placed on different ribbons according to their functionality You can place frequently used buttons on the Quick Access Toolbar in PaperPort and also in ImageViewer Right click within the ribbons area and choose Customize Quick Access Toolbar Choos
136. d send editable text to Word rather than a static image file PDF Viewer Plus FormTyper SharePoint be Ws 4 a OmniPage OP Workflows Microsoft Outlook PDF Converter PaperPort supports a wide variety of programs including word processing spreadsheet fax Internet e mail graphics optical character recognition OCR and online services programs The program link on the Send To bar does any necessary conversion and may provide options for sending the item PaperPort Getting Started Guide 40 Use OmniPage with PaperPort If PaperPort exists on a computer with OmniPage its OCR services become available and amplify the power of PaperPort You can choose an OCR program by right clicking on a text application s PaperPort link selecting Send To Options and then selecting OmniPage as the OCR package instead of the always available PaperPort OCR With OmniPage you can e Instantly convert paper into usable Microsoft Office documents e Turn PDF files into editable documents while retaining their layout e Automatically process images from network MFPs and scanners e Scan and convert documents into XML PDE TIFF and more e Share documents using e mail Web XML and e Books Use OmniPage workflows for instant but effective control over document conversions on Customize the Send To bar You can change the way program icons appear on the Send To bar in a number of ways Specifically you can add programs and remove or rea
137. d your items later Moving and copying items between folders is also possible in split view across Workspaces The name of each item appears below the thumbnail in thumbnail view In a multi page item the name appears below the individual page names Using the Folder Manager dialog box you can add remove move and rename PaperPort folders You can change the color of a folder icon to one that helps you organize your items You may also add remove move and rename any folder in Windows Explorer that is viewed with the PaperPort folder structure These changes will be automatically reflected in PaperPort In the Folders pane you can drag and drop copy ot move subfolders and their content to other subfolders or PaperPort folders create or delete subfolders or add Folder Notes Sharing and Security and DesktopDelivery adjustments can also be directly made for each folder shortcut menu PaperPort Getting Started Guide 32 The Back button makes it easy to step through the ordered history fa of folders you recently visited one by one functioning similarly to Internet Explorer enhancing quick backward navigation for both Workspaces independently of each other rel You can add notes to folders that are relevant to their content A customer name telephone number date of birth project ID e mail address are typical examples When scanning or using DesktopDelivery this information can be automatically a
138. dded to all PDF or MAX files entering this folder so it is easier to seatch for them with the PaperPort All in One Search or other search utilities Folder Notes are automatically added only if you checkmark Automatically add keywords from Folder Notes in the Output panel of the Scan Settings dialog box or in PaperPort Professional for DesktopDelivery in the Folder Properties dialog box In PaperPort Professional you can quickly import a set of folders plus any content by listing them in a plain text file with precisely this structure PaperPort Foldernamel Foldername2 Foldername2 subfoldername2a Foldername2 subfoldername2b Foldername3 Pre on Right click in the Folders pane and choose Import Folder Structure to select the text file Filing Items 33 le Add search criteria to items You can assign item properties to PaperPort Image items and PDF files and then use the properties as search criteria to find items in PaperPort Item Properties Summary PDF Item name GSG11 Page 29 of 40 This page as was v Generate Clear 29 of 40 gt 4 Page size 4 8 x7 inch Subject Getting Started Guide comments Author Documentation Keywords guide assistance help explanations View Text File Properties Cancel Help PaperPort also allows you to assign the same keywords to multiple items at the same time providing a powerful tool for organizing and locating simi
139. disk space but cleared occurrences cannot be viewed any more so use these with caution The Workflow viewer The Workflow viewer as displayed in the Workflow Status panel is integrated into the Batch Manager to the right of the list of your jobs Use it to get comprehensive and detailed information about the processing of each occurrence of the job The viewer shows the process in a step by step fashion following the steps of the workflow It displays input and output page information at each stage allowing you to quickly view any page Job results are marked by icons Drop down lists give you information about processing steps Chapter 6 Creating new jobs 96 Watched folders In OmniPage Professional 17 you can specify watched na folders and e mail inboxes Outlook and Lotus Notes as job input These allow processing to be started automatically whenever image files are placed in pre defined folders or arrive into inboxes as e mail attachments This is useful to have sets of files with predictable content arriving from remote locations processed automatically on arrival even if no one is in attendance Typically these are reports or form like documents that are delivered repeatedly or at recurring intervals for example each week or month To use this facility prepare a set of folders or e mail folders to be watched You should not use these folders for other purposes not even for barcode cover page jobs When setting up such a
140. dministrative Tools gt Internet Information Services Select lt COMPUTER gt Web Sites Default Web Site Click Action gt New gt Virtual Directory 4 The Virtual Directory Wizard appears Set up your virtual directory with the following parameters 5 6 7 8 9 Alias PPDM Directory c Program Files PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 or the directory you have specified in the INSTALLDIR property Permissions for this directory read run scripts such as ASP and browse checked write execute such as ISAPI applications or CGI unchecked Click Finish to complete the Wizard Select the new virtual directory Click Actions gt Properties The Virtual directory properties dialog appears Select the Low IIS Process Application protection option Click OK 2 Create a virtual directory for product administration 1 2 Select the PPDM virtual directory Click Action gt New gt Virtual Directory The Virtual Directory Wizard appears Set up your virtual directory with the following parameters NO a Fw Alias admin Directory c Program Files PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 admin or the directory you have specified in the INSTALLDIR property Permissions for this directory a Read run scripts such as ASP execute such as ISAPI applications or CGI and write checked a Browse unchecked Click Finish to complete the Wizard Select this new PPpM admin virtual directory Click Actions gt Properties
141. dows Server 2003 2 222222 002 9 Firewall settings for Windows Server 2008 0 0000 000000 cece aa eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 11 Firewall settings for Windows 7 000 2 e cece c cece cece cece cece cece cece cece eee e adani naroro ranri 13 Creating temporary storage for scanned media files 2 e cece cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 17 Providing SMB access to Temporary Storage 222 22 e cece cece cece ccc ccc cece cece cece ee eeteteteeeeeeeees 17 Checking SMB acce S 0 0 02 eee cece e cece eee e been eee eeeeeeeeeceeesscecccceseeeeeees 20 ANUTNO MUG ALON tec sesitice tia 3 ot eee Batt Med id ROM RUN aaa ONES Aah tA a a aa 21 InStallationvaltematives 0 lt 5 2s cuesc EEEE fesse hee dds ee E ee A et te 22 Interactive Installations zeunden Ps ens selec 25 a Wan tos Nee oaleg Si Sal enh cm 8 sip ont Soa ewlen ant ns dane 23 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server 2 2 22 cece cece e cece aoaaa oraora aa arora orninan 24 Service setup with the Administration application 2 2 2 2 222 2222 cece eee cece ceeceeccceeececeecececeeeeeees 24 Steps to launch the Administration Tool 2 0 0 0 cece cece ccc cece cece cece ce ceeeeeeeceeceeeceeneeeeeeees 25 Using the Administration Tool 2 222000 002 cece eee cece ccc cece ccc ccc eee c cece cece eet aa eaaa rairaon arneu 25 Customized installation advanced 000 00 e cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecseeeeseeeeees 38 Extract product files to a speci
142. e PDF files can be opened more speedily and displayed in PDF Viewer Plus a newly developed Nuance PDF handling application that is fully compatible with Adobe Acrobat PDF Viewer Plus opens files much faster than the general purpose ImageViewer reducing memory requirements and permitting smaller file sizes The new viewer optimizes the rendering resolution for each element on the page yielding a cleaner display and optimum print resolution PDF Viewer Plus has its own Help system Enhanced support for PDF files PDF Viewer Plus provides a wide range of new PDF features including improved annotations and dynamic or transparent stamps Images within a PDF document processed by PDF Viewer Plus can be sent to the ImageViewer to be enhanced using SET tools with the modified image returned to the PDF Fill and e mail PDF forms and create new ones either from scratch or by using an updated FormTyper integrated into PDF Viewer Plus to instantly make any static form fillable It uses Logical Form Recognition technology to detect the form elements and also allows their properties to be managed better than ever before PaperPort Getting Started Guide 9 Searchable PDF files are now available through Scanner Profiles through a right click Save As operation on the PaperPort Desktop or directly in PDF Viewer Plus This makes the content of your scanned paper documents or image files accessible to search engines such as Windows Desktop Search
143. e a color from the primary image with the Select Area tool Sections of the scanned image in this color will be set transparent The tool has its effect on the OCR image P O WH Chapter 3 Preprocessing Images 45 E Resolution use this tool to decrease the resolution of your primary image in percentages Note that you cannot adjust a resolution higher than that of the original one P WH Deskew sometimes pages are scanned crookedly To straighten the lines of text manually use the Deskew tool Auto deskew is also available in the Process panel of Options P O WH Sx 3D Deskew use this tool to remove perspective distortion from digital camera images This is particularly useful when you want to check the results of automatic 3D Deskew or you prefer to do 3D deskew manually after a Load Files step P O WH Fill use this tool to apply a color to the image or a selected Pply g part of it PO AR 3D Deskew works by snapping the distorted image to a grid All you need to do is to manually straighten this grid and image coordinates will follow see illustration below before after 3D Deskew Using Image Enhancement History To commit or undo your image edits one by one or all the steps use the History panel in the Image Enhancement window Once you have modified the original image its preview displays the changes Chapter 3 Preprocessing Images 46 but they are not done until you click the Apply
144. e in all Text Editor formatting levels except Plain Text OmniPage 17 can display pages with three levels of formatting You can switch freely between them with the three buttons at the bottom left of the Text Editor or from the View menu Chapter 4 Proofing and editing 56 Plain Text This displays plain decolumnized left aligned text in a single font and font size with the same line breaks as in the original document Formatted Text This displays decolumnized text with font and paragraph styling True Page True Page tries to conserve as much of the formatting of the original document as possible Character and paragraph styling is retained Reading order can be displayed by arrows Proofreading OCR results After a page is recognized the recognition results appear in the Text Editor Proofreading starts automatically if that was requested in the Proofing panel of the Options dialog box You can start proofing manually any time Work as follows l Click the Proofread OCR tool in the Standard toolbar or ape choose Proofread OCR in the Tools menu Proofing starts from the current page but skips text already proofed If a suspected error is detected the OCR Proofreader dialog box colors the suspect word in its context adds a yellow highlight to any suspect characters and provides a picture of how the word originally looked in the image The explanation says Suspect word or Non dictionary word If the
145. e the ribbon whose buttons you want to add Set toolbar button order More available buttons Add remove buttons Buttons currently visible PDF Viewer Plus PDF files on the PaperPort desktop when double clicked appear by default in the new PDF Viewer Plus You can drag other files onto the PDF Viewer Plus icon in the Send To bar see page 40 to have a copy converted to PDF and opened in the PDF Viewer The first page appears in the main screen area a navigator panel on the left shows page thumbnails or form controls and a comments panel can be displayed along the bottom of the screen An organizer panel on the right offers stamps The PDF annotation tools are described on page 31 If an image only PDF enters the PDF Viewer the program may offer to make it searchable If not choose Make Searchable PDF from the Tools menu Active PDF forms can be filled in directly in PDF Viewer Plus Static forms for instance ones scanned to PaperPort can be turned into fillable forms by using FormTyper as described on page 44 PDF files opened from the PaperPort desktop return there when you finish editing or annotating them with all the updates included PaperPort Getting Started Guide 20 Acquiring Items There are many ways to bring images and documents into PaperPort so that you can use PaperPort s viewing editing annotation indexing OCR and file management tools For example you can e Scan photos pages and o
146. each element on the page yielding a cleaner display and optimum print resolution Enhanced PDF features PDF Viewer Plus provides a wide range of new PDF features including improved annotations and dynamic or transparent stamps Images within a PDF document processed by PDF Viewer Plus can be sent to the I mageViewer where they can be enhanced using SET tools with the modified image returned to the PDF You can fill and e mail PDF forms and create new ones either from scratch or by using an updated FormTyper to instantly make any static form fillable It is now integrated into the PDF Viewer Plus and uses Logical Form Recognition technology to detect the form elements and also allows their properties to be managed better than ever before Searchable PDF files are available through Scanner Profiles through a right click Save As operation on the PaperPort Desktop or directly in the PDF Viewer Plus application This makes the content of your scanned paper documents or image files accessible to search engines such as Windows Desktop Search or Google Tab and ribbon User Interface PaperPort 12 is now easier to use because all the program features are presented on a set of tabbed ribbon style toolbars with controls placed in functional groups We ve also added the new Scan Now button so you can scan with one click without having to change to the scanner settings view A customizable Quick Access Toolbar appears above the ribbon toolbars
147. ecified folder or e mail inbox for incoming images to be processed in OmniPage A specific type within this category is Barcode cover page jobs where barcode cover pages are used to identify which workflow to carry out Chapter 6 Creating new jobs 92 Normal job Set starting time and specify or create the Workflow to be run If you select Do not start now use the Activate button in the Batch Manager to start it Job types available in OmniPage Professional 17 only PROFESSIONAL Barcode cover page job This is a special type of folder gt watching job see below It monitors a folder for incoming barcode pages then processes subsequently incoming images with the workflow identified by the barcode For details see Barcode processing later in this chapter Folder watching job Select this job type and browse to the folder s to be watched for incoming image files lt Outlook mailbox watching job This job watches an J Outlook e mail inbox for incoming image attachments of a specified type Lotus Notes mailbox watching job Same as above but a Lotus Notes inbox is watched Name your job and click Next The next panel shows Start and Stop Options Specify Start and End Time set whether input files are to be deleted or saved when the job is completed If you have a job requiring user interaction choose whether to allow it or not with the checkmark Run job without any prompts This lets you run such jobs in two ways
148. ecryption copyright 2001 Dr Brian Gladman Worcester UK This product includes elements developed by the OpenSSL project http www openssl org including software written by Eric Young and Tim Hudson 42 This page intentionally left blank
149. ect information When you search by item properties turn off the Use All in One Search index checkmark then specify criteria as follows e Name item name not necessarily that of the file e Author as defined under Item properties e Keywords as defined under Item properties e Comments as defined under Subject under Item Properties e Annotations Notes or text labels added to PDF or MAX files e URL The link texts of captured web pages The Author Keywords Comments and URL ate available for PDF or MAX files only Finding Items 35 Find words in an item To search for words within an item you need to add the item to the All in One Search index and select Use All in One index When you search using the index you can find items that have been indexed by their properties or text content or both Specify search limits e all files in current folder but not its sub folders e current folder plus sub folders e all PaperPort folders and sub folders Define search precision e Exact match finds words and common endings search ook finds ooks looked etc e Approximate match finds as above and more search Wok might find lock ot luck When the search is complete results are displayed each as one row of a table Select one and click the View Text button to see your search phrase occurrences in their context Click the Copy Text button to extract text from the file and
150. ed type then click and drag the cursor Chapter 3 Zones and backgrounds 51 To resize a zone select it by clicking in it move the cursor to a side or corner catch a handle and move it to the desired location It cannot overlap another zone To make an irregular zone by addition draw a partially overlapping zone of the same type To join two zones of the same type draw an overlapping zone of the same type drawn zones on the left resulting zone on the right To make an irregular zone by subtraction draw an overlapping zone of the same type as the background To split a zone draw a splitting zone of the same type as the background A full set of zoning diagrams appear in Help When you draw a new zone that partly overlaps an existing zone of a different type it does not really overlap it the new zone replaces the overlapped part of the existing zone The following zone types are prohibited Speed zoning lets you do manual zoning quickly Activate the zone selection cursor then move the cursor over the page image Shaded areas will appear showing the auto detected zones Double click to transform a shaded area into a zone Chapter 3 Zones and backgrounds 52 Table grids in the image After automatic processing you may see table zones placed on a page They are denoted with a table zone icon in the top left corner of the zone To change a rectangular zone to
151. ed paragraphs and apply bulleting to paragraphs Paragraph styles Paragraph styles are auto detected during recognition A list of styles is built up and presented in a selection box on the left of the Formatting toolbar Use this to assign a style to selected paragraphs Graphics You can edit the contents of a selected graphic if you have an image editor in your computer Click Edit Picture With in the Format menu Here you can choose to use the image editor associated with BMP files in your Windows system and load the graphic Alternatively you can use the Choose Program item to select another program This will replace the Default Image Editor item Edit the graphic then close the editor to have it re embedded in the Text Editor Do not change the graphic s size resolution or type because this will prevent the re embedding You can also edit images before recognition using the Image Enhancement tools Tables Tables are displayed in the Text Editor in grids Move the cursor into a table area It changes appearance allowing you to move gridlines You can also use the Text Editor s rulers to modify a table Modify the Chapter 4 Text and image editing 66 placement of text in table cells with the alignment buttons in the Formatting toolbar and the tab controls in the ruler Hyperlinks Web page and e mail addresses can be detected and placed as links in recognized text Choose Hyperlink in the Format menu to edit an exist
152. ee Chapter 3 page 21 Multiple documents In Classic or Flexible View you can have two or more documents open at one time for easy cross document editing Digital camera processing perform OCR on digital camera images with special algorithms See Chapter 3 page 35 2007 programs OmniPage supports the latest Word and Excel inside Office 2007 DOCX and XLSX and also provides links for SharePoint 2007 and Outlook 2007 PDF Enhancements these include support for PDF version 1 6 faster processing speed higher accuracy improved output quality and the MRC high compression technology for certain PDF flavors Legal documents OmniPage offers high quality handling and recognition of legal documents New features in OmniPage 17 9 Customizable shortcut menus in Windows Explorer send image files or PDFs directly to major Windows programs process them with your own workflows or use the Convert Now Wizard for easy conversion control General improvements these include faster processing better quality output page layout font matching table detection etc and a new intuitive Workflow Assistant Key features unique to OmniPage Professional Extracting data from filled forms A workflow step allows data to be extracted from sets of forms and exported to databases based on a PDF form template The forms can be active PDF forms static forms in a range of image formats or scanned paper forms Marking and redacting Text ca
153. elivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide System Requirements To install the software your system has to meet the following requirements Operating system Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP3 32 bit Microsoft Windows 2003 Server SP2 32 bit or 64 bit Microsoft Windows 2008 Server SP2 32 bit or 64 bit or Microsoft Windows 7 32 bit or 64 bit a Microsoft Internet Information Services IIS 5 1 6 0 7 0 only on Microsoft Windows 2008 Server or 7 5 only on Microsoft Window 7 installed with World Wide Web Services a Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 0 or later a Java Runtime Environment JRE version 1 5 or later The following prerequisite is offered during installation a Microsoft NET Framework version 2 0 Service Pack 1 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Installing Prerequisites Availability of system prerequisites a Microsoft Internet Information Services IIS 5 1 or 6 0 is available from the Microsoft Windows installation CD a Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 0 or later a Microsoft NET Framework version 2 0 SP1 is available in the prerequisites folder of PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 installation package or from Windows Update a Java Runtime Environment JRE version 1 5 or later is available in the prerequisites folder of PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 installation package JRE 1 6 21 or from http java sun com javase download
154. endments remain unchanged and in effect Governing Law The phrase this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts is replaced as follows This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of Belgium 2010 Nuance Communications All Rights Reserved Nuance and the Nuance logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications Inc or its affiliates in the United States and or other countries Nuance Communications Inc End User License Agreement Revised October 2010 SERVER ADMINISTRATOR S GUIDE Welcome tes eit eh te ARE aS ECL No eet to EADS Rothe Se CBR E 3 System Requirements 2 2 0 eee cece cece cece cece c eee c cece cece cece ce ccecceceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 4 Installing Prerequisites o 2 72 9224 20 ak a JL Ged ae ea A Saat A Ace ect Ae 5 Pre Installation Device Configuration 000 0c cece cece cece cece cece cece ccceecccccccccceeeeees 6 Setting up the Network Environment 0 0 ce cece cece ccc eee cece cece cece eee ee eee ececceccecceeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 IP Addresses and Host Names 2 222220 000 eee 7 Configuring IIS on Windows 2008 Server 2 ec eee eee cece adond nadaa anaana oaa naonnana 7 Configuring IIS on Windows Terrei aea c cece ccc cece ccc e cece cee ee see eeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 8 FirewallliSettingSisacc teeta AEE tl RN ES isk fees Mt hace EEI the el eA ce ht es 8 Firewall settings for Windows XP and Win
155. ent outlined in the next section Windows Authenticator 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 Navigate back to the Configuration page to begin the Windows Authenticator installation Click on the Install link under the Extended Feature Settings section Select the Local File radio button and click on the Browse button to display the Choose File window Navigate to the location where the Ricoh_Americas_Corporation_WindowsAuthenticator 1 x zip file is select it and click on the Open button Click on the Display Extended Feature List button Select the Device HDD option in the Install to drop down menu under the Installation Target Setting section Set the Auto Start radio button to the On position Select the radio button for the WindowsAuthenticator application in the Extended Features List section Click the Install link to install the application Click OK on the confirmation page to confirm the installation Navigate back to the Configuration page and select the Startup Setting link under the Extended Feature Settings section Verify that the WindowsAuthenticator application is in the applications list and select it using the radio button With the application selected via the radio button click the Start Up Stop button to start the application Verify the application has started up in the Status column of the applications list the status should display the text Starting Up Continue to configure the servlets as ou
156. entication Management Program Change Administrato Key Counter Management External Charge Unit Management Enhanced External Charge Unit Management Dye a Previous W Next NOY 1 2006 12 41PH Select Admin Authentication to On amp Select all Available Settings in each screen p 6 A User Management Administrator Authentication Management Select items to manage then press OK User Management Machine Management Network Management File Managernent P Admin Authentication Gn Off gt Available Settings Administrator Tools If the error occurs again please call service z 3 NOY B System Status Job List 3 4 9Ph B Machine Management Administrator Authentication Management Select items to manage then press OK User Management Machine Management Network Management File Management P Admin Authentication Gn Off PavalableSettins General Features Trey Pener Settinas TimerSetes System Status Job List p 7 C Network Management Administrator Authentication Management Select items to manage then press OK User Management Machine Management Network Management File Managernent P Admin Authentication Gn Off PravalbleSettns interface Settings File Transfer Administrator Tools c c 3 NOY 20 2007 System Status Job List 3 50PM D File Management Administrator Authentication Management
157. equest appears when the installer is launched After successful installation a shortcut will be added to Start Menu gt All Programs gt PPDM gt PSP Delivery Module 3 a Administration Tool 22 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Interactive Installation Tips before starting It is recommended to take notes about each installation step to make it easier to restore your system or to roll back installation in case of a failure Interactive product installation will create a virtual directory in IIS called PPDM overwriting any existing ones with the same name How to start the installation 1 To start the installation launch AutoRun exe 2 Onthe first screen select the language Personal Paperless Document Manager Exit 3 Select the components then click Start installation Choose from the following Note that non selectable components are required for this product T NET Framework 2 0 SP1 v j Java Runtime Environment JRE v v PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Personal Paperless Document Manager 23 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Before starting the installation you can check the components to be installed Microsoft NET Framework version 2 0 SP1 and Java Runtime Environment JRE version 1 5 or later are required for proper functioning Tum off the installation of these component only if the
158. er from the shortcut menu of a suspect or non dictionary word in the Text Editor Chapter 4 The Character Map 59 User dictionaries The program has built in dictionaries for many languages These assist during recognition and may offer suggestions during proofing They can be supplemented by user dictionaries You can save any number of user dictionaries but only one can be loaded at a time A dictionary called Custom is the default user dictionary for Microsoft Word Starting a user dictionary Click Add in the OCR Proofreader dialog box with no user dictionary loaded or open the User Dictionary Files dialog box from the Tools menu and click New Loading or unloading a user dictionary Do this from the OCR panel of the Options dialog box or from the User Dictionary Files dialog box Editing or removing a user dictionary Add words by loading a user dictionary and then clicking Add in the OCR Proofreader dialog box You can add and delete words by clicking Edit in the User Dictionary Files dialog box You can also import words from OmniPage user dictionaries ud While editing a user dictionary you can import a word list from a plain text file to add words to the dictionary quickly Each word must be on a separate line with no punctuation at the start or end of the word The Remove button lets you remove the selected user dictionary from the list To embed a user dictionary in an OmniPage Document load your input file choose Tool
159. eral toolbars You can undock these and drag them into your working area Here we present the main toolbars in some cases describing the individual tools from left to right You can customize toolbars to show or hide buttons File toolbar Use the drop down list of the This toolbar presents basic operations PDF Converter tool to such as creating opening saving unlock the lla printing e mailing and searching PDF targeung a seecieg format files or adding them to your favorites and processing mode b ffer enhanced For details see the Export Scan buttons offer enhanced Scan to PDF Files section later in PDF functionality including a Scan this guide Inbox in PDF Converter Enterprise 7 Standard toolbar Hand Use this tool for PDF viewing and scrolling Selection tools let you select pieces of text and document areas Select text Select a text block for editing its properties exporting etc Select image Select an image for editing its properties exporting etc Select area Select an area for copying or converting its content to an editable format Select object Use this to modify object properties and alignment Link Use this to define a rectangle that will become a hyperlink Crop Draw a rectangle to define the area to remain after cropping double click in it to set cropping instructions Touch up text Make limited text edits even over multiple lines of text Touch up object Select objects to move resize
160. ere output was directed to Click on a plus icon to see more information about the page Click on a minus icon to hide details For jobs with the error or warning status the listing shows which pages failed or what problems occurred 5 Activate Job in the File menu serves to activate any inactive job immediately a Deactivate Job in the File menu deactivates any active job If O khe job is running this will stop it before deactivating Choose this to close a Watch type job immediately to save its result Chapter 6 Creating new jobs 95 Stop Job in the File menu stops a job with status Starting Running or Paused Pause Job is available for jobs with status Running or Starting To modify such a job s timing instructions you must stop it g Resume Job lets the job continue from its state when it was paused Delete Job in the Edit menu serves to delete the currently selected job Only Inactive jobs can be deleted u g a Rename Job serves to modify the name of any job Use the Edit menu to send a copy of a job s status report to Clipboard Use Save OPD As in the File menu to save any intermediate result of a paused job to an OPD file To remove data files click Edit then choose Clear Occurrence This removes files storing the reporting data from the current occurrence of the current job Clear All Occurrences removes all data for all job occurrences of the selected job These two options are useful to free
161. erform two separate saves or use two workflows Saving to PDF You have five choices when saving to Portable Document Format PDF files The first four are presented as Text converters the last one is listed among the Image converters PDF Normal Pages are exported as they appeared in the Text Editor in True Page view The PDF file can be viewed and searched in a PDF viewer and edited in a PDF editor PDF Edited Use this if you have made significant editing changes in the recognition results You have three formatting level choices Chapter 5 Saving recognition results 80 including True Page The PDF file can be viewed searched and edited PDF Searchable Image formerly PDF Image on Text The PDF file is viewable only and cannot be modified in a PDF editor The original images are exported but there is a linked text file behind each image so the text can be searched A found word is highlighted in the image PDF with image substitutes As for PDF Normal but words containing reject and suspect characters have image overlays so these uncertain words display as they were in the original document The PDF file can be viewed searched and edited PDF Image formerly PDF image only The original images are exported The PDF file is viewable only and cannot be modified in a PDF editor and text cannot be searched Besides the above flavors you can use other parameters in defining your PDF output by clicking Options
162. essing choices for PDF opening feature retention e Output format Set a formatting level e Direct OCR Automatic or manual zoning perform or skip proofing image source Scanner Set up or change scanner settings These function for future Direct OCR work until you change them again they are not applied when OmniPage is used on its own How to use Direct OCR 1 Open your application and work in a document To acquire recognition results from scanned pages place them correctly in the scanner 2 Use the OmniPage toolbar button Acquire Text Settings or the same item in the target application s File menu or the Nuance OCR tab in Office 2007 to review your recognition settings if necessary the Direct OCR panel lets you specify input from scanner image file or digital camera image files Chapter 3 Processing methods 33 3 Use the OmniPage toolbar button Acquire Text or the same item in the File menu use the Nuance OCR tab in Office 2007 to acquire images from the specified source 4 Ifyou selected Draw zones automatically in the Direct OCR panel of the Options dialog box under Acquire Text Settings recognition proceeds immediately 5 If Draw zones automatically is not selected each page image will be presented to you allowing you to draw zones manually Click the Perform OCR button to continue with recognition 6 If proofing was specified this follows recognition Then the recognized text is placed at the cursor
163. essional provides the ability to create Normal PDF files from documents in any print capable application on your system Click File Print and select the printer ScanSoft PDF Create Adjust properties as desired and click OK and supply a file name and location If View resulting PDF is selected your default PDF viewer displays the result Chapter 5 Saving recognition results 82 Sending pages by mail You can send page images or recognized pages as one or more files attached to a mail message if you have installed a MAPI compliant mail application such as Microsoft Outlook To send pages by e mail e With automatic processing select Send in Mail as the setting in the Export Results drop down list on the OmniPage Toolbox The Export Options dialog box appears as soon as the last available page in the document is recognized or proofed After export options are specified an empty mail message appears with file s attached add recipients and message text as desired e With manual processing select Send in Mail as the setting in the Export Results drop down list and then click its button The Export Options dialog box appears immediately and then the mail message with the attachment s e Workflows and jobs accept a Send in Mail export step but they require the recipients and message text to be specified as workflow settings so the workflow can be run unattended Sending to Kindle A Kindle reader is an electronic book product from
164. ettings button gives you access to your scanning settings When no Desktop Module profile is selected the following default values will be used a Color black and white Resolution 300dpi a Original type Photo and Text a Scanning method 1 sided simplex a File format TIFF Settings including the above listed default ones always remain in use until you change them and scan That is if after scanning once you re enter the service modify some settings then exit the service but do not do any scanning your setting modifications will be ignored 13 Modifying settings You can change your scanning settings from the main screen of the device panel that lists your PPDM Desktop Module Folders PPDM OCR Module Workflows and PPDM Desktop Module Scanning Profiles Welcome Ready to Scan your job PaperPort Folders OmniPage Workflows Current Desktop 6 None My PaverPort gt MA Articles To tord E Bark Statements 2 To Searchable PDF Business Cards gt Highlight to Word Faxes tord to SharePoint More More Push the Settings button to access the following screen Specify scan settings below ise Scanner settings gem Color mode 77 i Black amp White lt 2 Sided Scanning 1 Sided File name Doc wa Personal Paperless eq Document Manager v2 D PaerPort Profiles None E BSH Document E Grayscale Document Color Document Color Photogra
165. evious docked Chapter 2 The OmniPage Desktop and Views 21 position double click its title bar To dock it to a new location drag it to an edge A purple rectangle shows the docking position release the mouse button to dock it To move a floating panel without docking displays keep CTRL pushed while dragging To see all possible docking positions one after the other tiles and tabs drag the panel over the OmniPage main window holding down the left mouse button and pressing the spacebar repeatedly When the desired location shows purple release the mouse button Classic View In Classic View the default OmniPage Desktop has four main tiled working areas separated by splitters the Document Manager the Page Image Thumbnails and the Text Editor The Page Image has an Image toolbar and the Text Editor has a Formatting toolbar OmniPage Standard Formatting toolbar Toolbox Toolbar Thumbnails Image Document Page Image Text Editor toolbar Manager Chapter 2 The OmniPage Desktop and Views 22 OmniPage toolbox This Toolbox lets you drive the processing Thumbnails panel This displays page thumbnails Document Manager This provides an overview of your document with a table Each row represents one page Columns present statistical or status information for each page and where appropriate document totals Page Image This displays the image of the current page with its zones When a page is displayed the Image toolbar is
166. ext on the page or in a text box just as you might use a highlighting pen on paper The Pencil tool lets you draw freehand lines on the page Select Line tool to draw straight lines right click and choose properties to make arrows and further format the line The Stamp tool lets you paste supplied stamps or bitmapped images of your choice on the page much like using a rubber stamp Annotating Pages 31 cs Protecting Items In PaperPort Professional 12 you can adjust the security level amp of your PDF files supported up to format 1 7 When you PROFESSIONAL create a new PDF from existing ones for example by copying a thumbnail of a page onto a Workspace its security settings will be the same as those of the original one Newly created PDF files will be generated according to the default PDF security settings in PaperPort as specified on the Item ribbon There are two types of passwords in the program The open password restricts document accessibility you can only open it by supplying the password when prompted The permissions password allows users to define how the document may be used If it is not specified further use of the file is possible without any restrictions Filing Items A key to organizing items in PaperPort is filing items in appropriate folders You can drag and drop items from one folder to another or from the PaperPort desktop into any folder you want You can specify search criteria to help you fin
167. f functionality for handling PDF files It can unlock and open PDF files up to version 1 7 for viewing editing annotation and re assembly It can create PDF files from versions 1 3 to 1 7 PDF A format is also supported It can unlock PDF files for repurposing in other applications a ce 5 This professional product has three parts for creating editing and unlocking PDF files These are all installed and activated with a single procedure Create PDF Files Nuance PDF Create 7 lets you create PDF files from a wide range of file types The Print dialog box in your print capable applications will offer a printer named ScanSoft PDF Create The PDF Create Assistant lets you compile a list of files generated by different applications You can also create PDFs from XPS files Each file can be converted to a separate PDF file or they can be combined overlaid or packaged into a single file When working in Microsoft Word Excel or PowerPoint you can call on the program to create a PDF file directly from your current document During conversions hyperlinks and comments can be transferred and you can set bookmarks to be generated from the structure of the Word document each worksheet in Excel or for each slide in a PowerPoint presentation Document information metadata can also be transferred When working in Microsoft Outlook or Lotus Notes message attachments can be saved as PDF files As you write a new message or
168. f the Software that may be licensed to you Licensee by Nuance but does not include source code for the Nuance software product You may install and use such a modified version update or upgrade of the Software only if you have a validly licensed full version of the Software being modified updated or upgraded If you download install copy or otherwise use such a modified version update or upgrade of the Software then this Agreement terminates as to the previous version of the Software and you have a license only to such modified version update or upgrade of the Software under the terms of this Agreement The Software is licensed to you Licensee as the end user subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement LICENSE GRANT Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement Nuance grants Licensee a non exclusive and non transferable license only to a install and use for personal or internal business purposes one copy of the Software on a single computer b install and use for personal or internal business purposes one copy of the Software on either a single portable computer or a single home computer provided that such copy is not used concurrently with the copy in section a above c make a single copy of the Software solely for archival purposes and d store or install a copy of the Software on a storage device such as a network server used only to install or run the Software on your other computer
169. fic folder 2 2 2 occ cece ccc cece eee c ccc cence cc ccc ccc eceeececceeesseeeees 38 Set up Web Services in IIS web Site 2 cece cece cece cece ccc e cece cee aae de br r ieoa eia 38 Check the correct setup of Web Services in IIS 2 2 0 22222 ceeeeeeceecceseeeeees 45 Changing server IP address after setup 2 0 e cece cece cece eee aa naira ceceeceeceeeeeeeeees 45 Troubleshooting tips 2 222222 c cece cece cece cece cee cee cee cece cece cece ce eeteteeeeeteteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 47 JAVA path contigurations 20ss lt cide fed a dies Oiset ela a a ee esto eee ted sheen 47 FOGOING EA 26 42 Stier PI Oe PS Aer fae es Le has aah eee Sat rte oe es Se od rr st 47 TV PIGAl GM ONS aana a die och sat oles Dns Sid Selec th 58a Nahas Ae Saleh Sais er aeaa 2 lane mds Sod 49 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Welcome Welcome and thank you for choosing our software This document will give you guidance on how to install the product It covers the following areas System Requirements Setting up Network Environment Interactive Installation Setting up the Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 abbreviated as PPDM application with the Administration Tool Customized installation advanced a Installer command line parameters Troubleshooting tips This Guide shows screenshots made under Microsoft Windows 7 The appearance may vary under other Operating Systems PPDM PSP D
170. fixes to the file name you provide to generate unique file names 4 Click Options if you want to specify a saving mode black and white grayscale color or As is a maximum resolution and other settings For TIFF files you specify the compression method here 5 Click OK to save the image s as specified Zones and recognized text are not saved with the file Chapter 5 Saving original images 76 Saving recognition results You can save recognized pages to disk in a wide variety of file types 1 Choose Export Results in the File menu or click the Export Results button in the OmniPage Toolbox with Save to File selected in the drop down list 2 The Save to File dialog box appears Select Text under Save as 3 Select a folder location and a file type for your document Select a page range file options naming options and a formatting level for the document See Selecting a formatting level on this page 4 Type ina file name Click Options if you want to specify precise settings for the export See Selecting converter options later in this chapter 5 Click OK The document is saved to disk as specified If View Result is selected the exported file will appear in its target application that is the one associated with the selected file type in your Windows system or in the advanced saving options for your selected file type converter Selecting a formatting level The formatting level for expor
171. fyou requested a step requiring interaction image enhancement manual zoning or proofing the program presents pages for attention 6 When a page is enhanced zoned or proofed click the Page Ready button in the Toolbox or a appropriate dialog box to move to the next page 7 When the last page is enhanced zoned or proofed or when you no longer want to do 2I zoning or proofing press the appropriate Chapter 6 Workflows 87 Document Ready button on the Toolbox Any pages without zones will be auto zoned 8 The After Completion menu under Process Workflows gives you three options to end a workflow You can choose to close the document close OmniPage or shut down your computer These settings are typically applied if the workflow runs unattended if your workflow is so remember to include a saving step You can also run workflows from an OmniPage Agent icon on the Windows taskbar Right click it for a shortcut menu listing your workflows Select one to run it OmniPage will be launched if necessary If it is running with a document loaded the Start Workflow dialog box displays where you can choose what to process from the current document only the Workflow defined pages all pages selected pages or the current page If you do not see the OmniPage Agent icon enable it in the General panel of the Options dialog box or choose Start gt All Programs gt Nuance OmniPage 17 gt OmniPage Agent You can launch some workfl
172. g files 65 words to user dictionary 58 workflow steps 91 Additive area selection E 44 ADF 34 39 Advanced saving options 79 Advice on problems 103 Agent to start OmniPage 17 88 Alphanumeric zones 50 Amazon Kindle 83 Area definition for SET tools 44 Arial Unicode MS 63 Asian language recognition 61 Asian texts vertical 49 Assigning OmniP age to scanner buttons 39 Attachments to mail 83 Auto detect layout 40 Automatic Document Feeder ADF 34 39 Automatic training 64 Auto sending by mail 83 Auto zoning 40 Auto zoning vertical text 49 B Backgrounds for zoning 48 Barcode processing 99 Basic processing steps 21 Batch Manager 91 Black and white images 76 scanning 38 Blacking out confidential words 69 Bold text 66 Boxes 67 Boxes for recognized text 106 Brightness 38 105 Brightness Contrast E 45 Bring to Front tool F 73 c Changing part of a page 68 OmniPage 17 User s Guide 109 reading order 67 views 21 26 Changing workflows 91 Character attributes 66 Character Map 59 Characters suspect 56 Checkbox tool F 72 Checking OCR results 58 Chinese 61 Circle text tool F 72 Classic View 21 22 Clipboard sending recognition results 75 Color images 76 markers 58 scanning 38 Color dropout for forms 45 Coloring image areas 46 Comb tool F 72 Comparing recognized words with origi nals 58 Composition of workflows 86 Contrast 38 105 Contrast Brightness E 45 Convert Now Wizard 3
173. g is blacking out confidential information It is unreadable and unsearchable To mark and redact text manually click the Mark for Redacting tool and use its cursor to select all the text parts you want to redact They appear with a gray highlight When you are ready click the Redact Document tool Choose to do redaction in a copy safer or the original document If you choose to redact a copy both the copy and the original remain open in OmniPage ready to be saved WARNING If you redact the original document you cannot retrieve the information you have blacked out To find and redact text by searching select Find and Mark Text from the Edit menu to display the Find Replace and Mark Text dialog box Search for text to be marked for redaction Step through all occurrences and decide for each case whether to redact immediately or mark for redaction In the latter case perform the redaction by choosing Close and Redact Document in the Mark Text dialog box or later click the Redact Document button You can apply highlighting and striking out either by selection or searching Chapter 4 Marking and redacting 69 Reading text aloud The Nuance RealSpeak speech facility is provided for the visually impaired but it can also be useful to anyone during text checking and verification The speaking is controlled by movements of the insertion point in the Text Editor which can be mouse or keyboard driven To hear text Use these keys
174. glish French Italian German Portuguese or Spanish Using the Administration Tool In the following section we present a typical use case of this tool for system administrators This is only a working example to walk you through the most commonly used steps Your actual administration activity is likely to differ from the one you find here Example Scenario Suppose that your company purchases or rents one or more devices A single device is usually enough for small and medium size businesses while larger organizations might need several more devices The device s are delivered and set up by an external expert with the help of the company s IT expert This way the IT professional will know the IP address and administrator login information 25 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Optional software components for instance the current package are installed and the network infrastructure is created The PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 administrator role is assigned to a person with sufficient knowledge and experience can be the same IT professional Administration Steps Server Side Configuration 1 The first task of the administrator is to configure the server side settings of PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 To do so launch the Administration Tool PPDM ta ES fs OD LO Users Detauts Devices Enter the device IP address P SS IP Address g Manage Multiple Devices Fi
175. gs as described in the next section The changed settings apply to the new workflow only and are not written back to the workflow used as the source Any changed settings enter the new workflow but do not affect the settings in the program Finally select Finish to complete your new workflow Chapter 6 Workflow Assistant 90 Modifying workflows Select the workflow you want to modify in the Workflow gt drop down list and click the Workflow Assistant button in the standard toolbar Or choose Workflows in the Tools menu select the desired workflow and click Modify The first panel of the Workflow Assistant appears with the workflow loaded Click the icon in the workflow diagram that represents the step you want to modify Click the downward pointing arrow under the icon to replace this step with another one Continue modifying steps and or settings as desired Remember that deleting or modifying a step may result in later dependent steps being removed Click Next to replace removed steps or to add new ones Click Finish to confirm the changes to your workflow After creating or modifying a workflow you must either run a workflow or select the 1 2 3 item in the Workflow drop down list to return to normal processing Workflow to Kindle The Kindle Assistant in the Tools menu helps you create a simple workflow that will accept input perform OCR and send the results in a suitable format to a Kindle account at Amazon it will then
176. gt ALLUSERS lt depending on your environment gt qn Toinstall PPDM OCR Module 17 use the following command line MSIEXEC i PPDM OCR Module 17 msi TRANSFORMS admin mst lt LANGID mst gt ALLUSERS lt depending on your environment gt qn a Toinstall DesktopDeliveryPSP 10 use the following command line MSIEXEC i DesktopDeliveryPSP msi TRANSFORMS lt LANGID mst gt ALLUSERS lt depending on your environment gt lt other install params gt qn Where the optional lt other install params gt parameters can be used to customize DesktopDeliveryPSP at its install time For a more detailed list of the optional parameters see the Customized Install section of the DesktopDeliveryPSP Guide a Toinstall the PaperPort Image Printer use the following command line MSIEXEC i PaperPort Image Printer msi ALLUSERS lt depending on your environment gt TRANSFORMS lt LANGID mst gt qn a Toinstall PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 use the following command line MSIEXEC i PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 msi TRANSFORMS admin mst lt LANGID mst gt ALLUSERS lt depending on your environment gt qn Toinstall RealSpeak Solo use the following command line MSIEXEC i RSSolo msi ALLUSERS lt depending on your environment gt qn Removing installed components To automatically remove installed software components of PPDMv2 from client computers using Group Policy see the follo
177. he PPDM application Logging Administrators can collect PPDM log information through a Ricoh s Remote Log Sender application Consult the device documentation on how to install and use this tool The PPDM applications own logging infrastructure The following section describes the necessary steps to tum on PPDM logging 1 Uninstall the PPDM application from the device using the Administration tool Open the installation folder c Program Files PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 by default Open the vI rxop sub folder within the installation folder Extract the content of PPDM zip into a temporary folder for example c temp ppdm Open the extracted PPDM DALP file for example c temp ppdm ppdm dalp ina text editor Pak wD Locate the lt application desc gt element 47 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide 10 11 12 Locate the 5th lt argument gt within the lt application desc gt element Change its value to trace info or none depending on the required level of logging a trace verbose logging default after installation b info moderate logging c none no logging at all Locate the 6th lt argument gt within the lt application desc gt element Change its value to telnet file systemout or none depending on the required logging method telnet log messages are sent to the standard output stream and to the output stream of a server socket which listens on the port specified i
178. he component will be uninstalled Note On a machine with restricted user rights log into the machine with administrator rights before running this utility Launch PaperPort You should launch the main PaperPort application at least once after installation before attempting to use other PaperPort application such as Image Viewer or ScanDirect Scanner Support Install your scanner before you install PaperPort 12 Your scanner must be working independently of the program prior to connecting it to PaperPort 12 Scanners to be used by PaperPort 12 should be installed according to the scanner manufacturer s specifications Please consult the documentation that came with your scanner for information TWAIN and WIA drivers PaperPort 12 supports scanners that are controlled by TWAIN or WIA Windows Image Acquisition scanner drivers PaperPort 12 supports any fully TWAIN or WIA compliant scanner or other input device that can supply at least a binary black and white image in a supported resolution 200 to 600 dots per inch The recommended maximum scan resolution is 400 dpi If any scanning problem occurs with PaperPort first please test whether you are able to scan into another scanner enabled imaging application Use the Windows Paint application to test WIA and any imaging application from some other vendor to test TWAIN ISIS drivers In addition to scanning via TWAIN or WIA PaperPort 12 1 also supports ISIS scanning If any scan
179. he source of page images Describing the layout of the document Preprocessing Images Zones and backgrounds PROOFING AND EDITING The editor display and formatting levels Proofreading OCR results Verifying text The Character Map OmniPage 17 User s Guide 3 User dictionaries Languages Training Text and image editing On the fly editing Marking and redacting Reading text aloud Creating and editing forms SAVING AND EXPORTING Saving and Exporting Saving original images Saving recognition results Sending pages by mail Sending to Kindle Other export targets WORKFLOWS Workflow Assistant Batch Manager Creating new jobs Watched folders Watched mailboxes Barcode processing File it Assistant TECHNICAL INFORMATION Troubleshooting Supported file types INDEX Contents 4 Welcome Welcome to this OmniPage 17 text recognition program and thank you for choosing our software The following documentation has been provided to help you get started and give you an overview of the program This User s Guide This guide introduces you to using OmniPage 17 It includes installation and setup instructions a description of the program s commands and working areas task oriented instructions ways to customize and control processing and technical information Descriptions are based on the Windows Vista operating system In line with Nuance s environmental policy the Guide is supplied as a PDF file o
180. hedule 2 indexing tasks on a regular basis For quick access to your regular indexing ptocesses launch the Index Manager directly from the All in One Search pane Use the All in One Search pane Use the All in One Search pane to enter search criteria and select options for finding your PaperPort items A file search is based on item properties only You enter the item properties in the Name author keywords box An index search references PaperPort s All in One Search index to find item properties or actual text contained within an item You enter the item properties in the Name ete Sie author keywords box and the text content in the Containing indexed text box To do an index search without a file search enter a string in the Containing indexed text edit box and clear all six file search checkmarks To do a file search without an index search turn off the Use All in One index checkmark and enter a string in the Name author keywords edit box select as many of the six file search checkmarks as desired To do a file and index search on a single search string turn on Use All in One Index enter the string in the Containing indexed text edit box make sure the Name author keywords edit box is empty and turn on as many file search checkmarks as desired The search returns a list of all items that match the search string either in file contents or file information To do a combined file and index search turn on Use
181. ia F The Folders pane presents a hierarchical view of your PaperPort folders similar to the view you see in Windows Explorer Use the Folder Tools to access its commands quickly PaperPort installs a PaperPort folder named My PaperPort Documents into your My Documents folder If you are using a multi user system each user has their LE restorers own My PaperPort Documents folder The My PaperPort Documents folder contains several subfolders whose names such as Articles Business Cards Photographs and Receipts illustrate the different ways you can organize your items in PaperPort The Samples folder contains sample documents and photographs to help you get started using PaperPort PaperPort Getting Started Guide 14 When you have acquired your own PaperPort items you do not have to use the My PaperPort Document folder to store them You can add other local and network folders to PaperPort s Folder View You can also delete the My PaperPort Documents folder but your PaperPort structure must contain at least one folder To show or hide the Folders pane click the Folders button on the Desktop 4 ribbon With the desktop split Folders panes can be displayed for each Workspace PaperPort item thumbnails There are two kinds of thumbnails in PaperPort item and page thumbnails Each item thumbnail is a small graphic representation of your document or photo Page thumbnails show pages of image items and
182. iagnostics 3 NOW Contact the administrator System Status Job List 3 53PH IMPORTANT The Windows Authentication Service will provide Windows authentication however you must select LDAP Auth on the MFP to configure the internal login manager p 9 9 Exit from User Tools after pressing Ok 10 Power Cycle the machine Wait for 5 Minutes for the machine to be ready to use p 10 Windows Authentication Service Install and Configuration Pre Conditions Active Directory and Kerberos should be setup and working per Microsoft documentation The MFP must be configured with the authentication settings described in the above section Please uninstall any existing previous versions of the Windows Authentication Service before any re installation attempts Re installing over an existing installation will fail Any install of the Windows Authentication Service using Web Image Monitor must be performed on the Internet Explorer browser The Fierefox browser will not be able to upload the servlets to the MFP Installation using Web Image Monitor After the MFP has been configured the installation of the Windows Authentication Service will begin with the install of rxconf component followed by the Windows Authenticator component Please note that the rxconf component must be installed before the windows authenticator component Rxconf 1 Log into the MFP s Web Image Monitor s Interface as the Administrator
183. ices offer person to person telephone and e mail technical support We also offer self service 24 hour access to our Knowledge Base Visit http www nuance com for information about your support policy local support contacts and product updates Before contacting Nuance be sure to read the user documentation and review the Release Notes Minimum System Requirements A computer with an Intel Pentium or higher processor Microsoft Windows XP 32 bit with SP3 or above Windows Vista 32 bit and 64 bit with SP2 or above Windows 7 32 and 64 bit versions Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 0 or above 512 MB of memory RAM 1 GB recommended 500 MB of free hard disk space for application files plus 20 MB working space during installation SVGA monitor with 256 colors but preferably 16 bit color called Medium Color in XP and Vista and at least 800 x 600 pixel resolution Windows compatible pointing device PaperPort Getting Started Guide 8 CD ROM drive for installation or suitable web access for download Web connection with IE 6 or above for activation and web updates Performance and speed will be enhanced if your computet s processor memory and available disk space exceed minimum requirements This is especially true when handling very large color image and PDF files What s new in PaperPort 12 PaperPort 12 includes a number of valuable new features to help you manage your documents Improved PDF performanc
184. idual users and user groups are also displayed in the list f Select several users and click Add Selected or Press the Add All button g The page reverts back to the user list To remove users a Click the Users tab at the top b The User Management page is displayed with the list of already registered manually by the administrator or automatically by the clients themselves users Language eel WL OO 5a D Add users manually D Add users from LDAP User Display First Last Namme Name name name Namet First Last4 First2 Last2 c Mark the appropriate boxes in the Mark for deletion column d Decide if user data should be deleted mark the checkbox in the yellow field below the table e Click the Delete Selected Users button f The table updates to reflect the changes 33 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Displaying A Customized Message To Unregistered Users The following message is displayed for not registered users Message 1 Click the Users tab at the top 2 Enter your customized text in the Message area You might want to include details such as how to get the client software whom users should contact in case they need access to the PPDM application etc 3 Click the Save button Your customized message is going to be displayed on the device panel for users who are not registered on the server Sorting login names on the device pa
185. ifunction printers and networked digital copiers to turn paper documents into digital documents It then helps you to manage them along with all other electronic documents in one convenient and easy to use filing system PaperPort s large clear item thumbnails allow you to visually organize retrieve and use your scanned documents including Word files spreadsheets PDF files and even digital photos PaperPort s Scanner Enhancement Technology tools ensure that scanned documents will look great while the annotation tools let you add notes and highlights to any scanned image w ai PaperPort is included in the OmniPage Professional package For application information refer to paofessioxal PaperPort s own documentation PaperPort must be installed and uninstalled separately from OmniPage J Chapter 2 How to use OmniPage with PaperPort 29 Processing documents This tutorial chapter describes different ways you can process a document and also provides information on key parts of this processing Processing methods Using OmniPage you can choose from the following processing methods Automatic A fast and easy way to process documents is to naw let OmniPage do it automatically for you Select settings in the Options dialog box and in the OmniPage Toolbox drop down lists and then click Start It will take each page through the whole process from beginning to end when possible running in parallel It will typically au
186. ill appear PaperPort can be activated if there is separate machine that is connected to the internet Select the option to activate manually The serial number and the machine fingerprint will appear Go to the website http activation scansoft com us on the machine with an internet connection enter your product serial number and computer fingerprint to generate an activation key Write down the activation key that is generated return to the machine without the internet connection and enter the activation key into the manual activation dialog Invalid serial number message when activating PaperPort If an Invalid serial number message appears during activation the serial number may have been keyed improperly or it could be an invalid serial number Refer to the serial number on the back of the CD ROM sleeve to ensure that all characters were entered in the proper order If PaperPort was ordered as a download the serial number should appear in the confirmation email For additional help go to the following website http activation scansoft com us help Registering PaperPort 12 At the end of installation you will be asked to fill out an electronic form to register your copy of PaperPort 12 If you decide not to you will be prompted again seven days later Registering PaperPort 12 on a computer without an Internet connection If you install PaperPort 12 on a computer without an Internet connection you should choose the option Prin
187. in certain cases on other image file types New tools allow vertical text zones to be drawn manually Texts display vertically and can be edited in the Text Editor using the True Page formatting level In other levels the texts are displayed horizontally See Automatic zoning on page 48 and See Zone types and properties on page 49 Easy Loader This provides a Windows Explorer like display of the file system in one of the OmniPage windows to keep files visible during your work and deliver full Explorer functionality yielding quick file selections a dialog box with a lock facility lets a file set be built up before loading starts With Quick Convert View it allows New features in OmniPage 17 7 not only fast file loading but also one click total processing load gt recognize gt save See Input via Easy Loader on page 36 Expanded ECM support New links are available to Hummingbird from OpenText and iManage from Interwoven When using SharePoint the server login and password information must be provided only once per session and is offered in each subsequent session Improved support for Office 2007 The Direct OCR buttons now appear on a separate Nuance OCR tab instead of being mixed with all other Add Ins More robust batch processing The Batch Manager automatically skips files that cannot be processed including those blocked by password requirements without stopping the main flow of work The J
188. in the Managed Devices table Devices panel of the Administration Tool If the application is unable to communicate with the device properly the Status column displays question marks and or error signals Solutions in possible scenarios The second and third icons are question marks check if Extended Feature dialog can be accessed through device LCD display Install ESA Java Platform Error The second status indicator in the Administration Tool displays a negative mark instead of a check mark after a successful installation Aico NF ann wily Description This display glitch a known issue may occur when PPDM is installed on some more recent device models Solution PPDM functionality is not affected therefore no user or administrator action is required 2010 Ricoh Americas Corporation All rights reserved 51 This page intentionally left blank NETWORK INSTALLATION GUIDE Personal Paperless Document Manager Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 Network Installation Guide Document version 1 0 This document provides instructions for installing the software associated with Personal Paperless Doc ument Manager v2 in a network environment Note Personal Paperless Document Manager products including PPDM OCR Module PPDM Desktop Module PPDM PDF Converter Module and DesktopDeliveryPSP are translated into English French Italian German Spanish and Brazilian Portuguese These products
189. ing Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 To uninstall the desktop side components of Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 you can use either of the following options a Use the uninstaller provided with the product only available if the PPDM Desktop Module is installed You can do this via the Uninstall PPDM link in the Start Menu under All Programs gt PPDM Locate and remove the components via Add Remove Programs preferably in the following order DesktopDeliveryPSP PPDM Desktop Module PaperPort Image Printer RSSolo PPDM OCR Module PPDM PDF Converter Module GN Ow ee SN Na NUANCE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT The software and materials provided with this agreement are licensed not sold and are available for use only under the terms of this license agreement Please read this agreement carefully By downloading installing copying or otherwise using the software you agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this agreement and become a party to this agreement If you do not agree with all of the terms and conditions of this agreement do not download install copy or otherwise use the software This Nuance Communications Inc Nuance End User License Agreement Agreement accompanies a Nuance software product in machine executable binary code and related explanatory written materials Software The term Software shall also include any modified versions updates or upgrades o
190. ing link or create a new one Editing in True Page Page elements are contained in text boxes table boxes and picture boxes These usually correspond to text table and graphic zones in the image Click inside an element to see the box border they have the same coloring as the corresponding zones The Help topic True Page provides details on the operations summarized here Frames have gray borders and enclose one or more boxes They are placed when a visible border is detected in an image Format frame and table borders and shading with a shortcut menu or by choosing Table in the Format menu Text box shading can be specified from its shortcut menu Multicolumn areas have orange borders and enclose one or more boxes They are auto detected and show which text will be treated as flowing columns when exported with the Flowing Page formatting level Reading order can be displayed and changed Click the Show kal reading order tool in the Formatting toolbar to have the order shown by arrows Click again to remove the arrows a Click the Change reading order tool for a set of reordering buttons in place of the Formatting toolbar A changed order is applied in the formatting levels Plain Text and Formatted Text It modifies the way the cursor moves through a page when it is exported as True Page Chapter 4 Text and image editing 67 On the fly editing This allows you to modify a recognized page through re zoning without having
191. ing server first The administrative installation does not install any program files instead it creates an administrative image by extracting the necessary files into a network location specified during the installation This location is also known as a Distribution Point To create an administrative image for components 1 Create a shared network folder where you put the administrative images msi files you want to distribute 2 Set permissions on the share to allow access to the administrative images Use the table below to locate components and their installer on the PPDMv2 CD ROM 4 Run the administrative installation SETUP a of each component you want to install to copy the files to the distribution point 5 During the administrative installation specify a target folder for the administrative image 6 During the administrative installation of the PPDM Desktop Module 12 the PPDM OCR Module 17 and the PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 you will be asked to enter the serial number and an admin mst transform file is created containing this serial number Use this admin mst file together with the msi file for installation from the distribution point Note that these components require product activation on the client machine 7 During the administrative installation lt LANGID gt mst language transform files are created if applicable Use the table below to find the appropriate lt LANGID gt mst file and use it together w
192. ing them with others In camer the Folders pane you can C Bart Rmemeres L Aness Corde Onos e Add existing folders on your computer to the aar E Folders pane J Tan Forme Udited Me rmakhcart Forms lt L e Create new folders mapped network drives and folders on external attached devices Initially the Folders pane shows a set of folders designed to help you get started using PaperPort You can move or delete these folders whenever you prefer If you choose a custom installation you can add your own folders at that time Any time later you can add folders already on your computer to the Folders pane including network folders and folders on external devices attached to your computer Documents within these folders are then available for use within PaperPort Refer to the PaperPort Help for more information about adding and using PaperPort folders Use Folder Notes to assign the same file information to all PDF or MAX files 2 arriving in a folder of your choice through scanning or DesktopDelivery PaperPort Getting Started Guide 24 y Use DesktopDelivery DesktopDelivery PaperPort Professional 12 only monitors network or local folders for incoming files of specified types PDF TIFF JPEG and MAX It can also monitor e mail folders for attachments It imports these files to specified PaperPort DesktopDelivery folders i e PaperPort folders designated to receive files from a monitored folder ou
193. ingle PDF choose to combine overlay or package the files along with a profile The last option displays the current saving instruction Click it to change this Create PDFs from Microsoft Word 1 Open the Word document 2 Select Create PDF from the Nuance PDF menu or click In Word 2007 or 2010 you can find this in the Nuance PDF tab 3 Accept or change the default target folder and file name in the Save As dialog box that appears 13 4 Optionally add document information keywords etc or choose Embed Metadata see below 5 Click tocreate a PDF and attach a copy of it to an e mail message The Nuance PDF Settings for Word dialog box This can be accessed from a toolbar button or an item in the Nuance PDF menu In Word 2007 you can find this in the Nuance PDF tab It lets you define settings that are applicable only when creating a PDF from a Word document Define which paragraph styles in the Word document should be converted to bookmarks in the PDF which comments should be transferred how hyperlinks should appear and which items should be tagged if any Choose Embed Metadata to transfer document information subject author keywords from the Word document into the PDF Use the Advanced panel to access the full range of PDF creation settings Create PDFs from Microsoft Excel and PowerPoint l Open the Excel file or PowerPoint presentation 2 Select Create PDF from the Nuance PDF menu or click
194. ings for your current scanner open the wizard request a fresh database download in the first screen then choose Use current settings with current device click Next and then Finish How to start the program To start OmniPage 17 do one of the following Click Start in the Windows taskbar and choose All Programs gt Nuance gt OmniPage 17 gt OmniPage Professional 17 oe Double click the OmniPage icon in the program s installation folder or on the Windows desktop if placed there Double click an OmniPage Document OPD a icon or file name the clicked document is loaded into the program See OmniPage Documents in the next chapter Right click one or more image file icons or file names for a shortcut menu Select Open With OmniPage application The images are loaded into the program Chapter 1 How to start the program 16 On opening OmniPage s title screen is displayed and then a view selection panel OmniPage has three basic view types For details see The OmniPage Desktop and Views in the next chapter It provides an introduction to the program s main working areas There are several ways of running the program with a limited interface Use the Batch Manager program Click Start in the Windows taskbar and choose All Programs gt Nuance gt OmniPage 17 gt OmniPage Batch Manager See the Workflows chapter Click Acquire Text from the File menu of an application registered with the
195. inistrator s Guide 6 Ensure that the Enabled checkbox is checked and Allow the connection is selected World Wide Web Services HTTP Traffic In Properties nese Protocols and Ports Scope Advanced Users General Programs and Services Computers e o a a General a Name orid Wide Web Services HTTP Traffic In Description An inbound rule to allow HTTP traffic for Intemet Information Services IIS TCP 80 V Enabled Action Allow the connection Allow the connection if it is secure Block the connection Leam more about these settings Creating temporary storage for scanned media files Scanned media files are stored in a temporary storage until DesktopDeliveryPSP starts processing them This temporary storage has to be an SMB share The device and the DesktopDeliveryPSP clients will use a dedicated user account to access the temporary storage Note The folder share and account names in next sections are illustrations only You are free to make your own destination and account choices when setting up your system The account PSPUser is used in these examples as an illustration You can use any account that you want to grant access to the file share Providing SMB access to Temporary Storage Note 17 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Make sure you first disable the folder option Simple file sharing recommended in Folder set
196. ion b The page changes to this 31 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Domain User Name Display Name Depanimert First Name Last Name c Enter user information d Click the Add User button e The page reverts to the user list 4 To add several users a Pick the Add users from LDAP option b The page changes to this Language ES m WLS Server version 3 0 Users List users 4a Add users manually Add users from LDAP Enter a domain to query its entries and specify a filter Domain Fiter Provide a User Name and Password This user must have rights to query LDAP entries of the specified domain UserName omanan Password ybuild_bp tries ing the filter 32 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide c Provide the LDAP server and its access parameters Leave the Filter field blank to get access to each user and group available within LDAP Important The same sets of users and groups are returned regardless whether the domain is specified with or without the com suffix e g exampledomain and exampledomain com Use the domain name without the com suffix otherwise DesktopDeliveryPSP clients may not be able to connect to the PSP Server and users may not be identified correctly d Click the List button e Thelist at the bottom of the screen is populated with the entries matching the filter Indiv
197. irewall state On Incoming connections Block all connections to programs that are not on the list of allowed programs Active public networks huance com Notification state Notify me when Windows Firewall blocks a new program See also Action Center Network and Sharing Center 14 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide 3 Ensure that Block all incoming connections is unchecked Depending on the network used this option can be found under Home or work network or Public network B xX a 2 Windows Firewall Customize Settings Search Contro Panel 2 Customize settings for each type of network You can modify the firewall settings for each type of network location that you use What are network locations Home or work private network location settings V Turn on Windows Firewall F Block all incoming connections including those in the list of allowed programs Notify me when Windows Firewall blocks a new program Turn off Windows Firewall not recommended Public network location settings Q Turn on Windows Firewall F Block all incoming connections including those in the list of allowed programs 7 Notify me when Windows Firewall blocks a new program x Turn off Windows Firewall not recommended 4 Click Advanced settings on the Windows Firewall screen 15 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3
198. is running at job start time If you are scanning pages your scanner must be functioning at job start time with the pages loaded in the ADF When you choose New Job first the Job Wizard and then the Workflow Assistant appears the latter with a slightly modified set of choices and settings In the first panel of the Job Wizard you define your job type and name your job next you are to specify a starting time a recurring job or watched folder instructions A job incorporates a workflow with timing instructions added See Batch Manager in Chapter 4 page 91 Processing from other applications You can use the Direct OCR feature to call on the recognition services of OmniPage while you work in the following applications Microsoft Office XP or higher Corel WordPerfect 12 or X3 First you must check the Enable Direct OCR check box under Tools gt Options gt General Then two buttons in Office 2007 s Chapter 3 Processing methods 32 Nuance OCR tab or in an OmniPage toolbar open the door to OCR facilities How to set up Direct OCR Start the application you want connected to OmniPage Start OmniPage open the Options dialog box at the General panel and select Enable Direct OCR In the target application use the Acquire Text Settings button in the OmniPage toolbar in Office 2007 go to the Nuance OCR tab Select options in the following panels e OCR languages dictionaries layout fonts e Process Image pre proc
199. ite PPDM ADMIN web config eq Hap Online Help Response Type 4 Create the PPDM UI web application 1 Select the PPDM web application 2 Right click on it and select Add Application 3 The Add Application dialog appears Set up your web application with the following parameters e Alias Ul e Physical path c Program Files PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 UI or the directory you have specified in the INSTALLDIR property 4 Click OK to complete the web application creation 5 Select this new PPDM UI web application 6 Inthe Features View part of the screen double click on the Authentication icon 7 Enable the Anonymous Authentication option 8 Enable the Windows Authentication option BB beret neato Services 5 Menese gt BP NSAN Sites Default WebSite PPDM gt UI gt File View Help 4 Help 4 83 BP NSAN NUANCE N Online Help i Application Pools a T Sites Response Type 4 Default Web Site gt E App_Data b E aspnet_clienj 4 PPDM gt ADMIN gt u b Qip gt QOAPI gt QOptimizer pb QOsa pb QOxPd pb QSPService2 pb QWebListen ooo o EE Content View Configuration Default Web Site PPDM UI web config LER 44 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide The product will create run time application data files in the lt lt common Application Data gt gt Nuance PPD folder e g C ProgramData Nuance PPDM Make sure that the
200. ith the msi file for installation from the distribution point Software components and their installer locations _Setwareconponent stater locaton on he PPOWV2 CDROM PaperPort Image Printer PPlImgPrinter RealSpeak Solo RealSpeakSOLO E Ea Ca pesktopDeiveyPsP 0 PPOMDesktopDelvenyPsP10 rs rs Note PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 and PaperPort Image Printer have 32 and 64 bit versions They are located at the folders lt system32 or System64 gt respectively Use the ones appropriate for your target operating system Language transform files Creating administrative images for the prerequisites The software components of PPDMv2 require the presence of certain system components also referred to as Prerequisites These prerequisites are the Microsoft Visual C 2005 and 2008 Redistributables and the MS XML 4 SP3 Parser You can find them on the PPDMv2 CD ROM under the Prerequisite folder the 64 bit components are located under the System64 subfolder Microsoft Visual C 2005 Redistributable 32 bit systems 1 Runvcredist x86 exe t lt full_path32 gt c to copy the files to the distribution point 2 Use the unpacked vcredist msi for product distribution 64 bit systems 1 Complete the installation of vcredist_x86 exe as described in the previous step then repeat it for the 64 bit component 2 Todothis runvcredist x64 exe t lt full path64 gt c Microsoft Visual C 2008 Redis
201. ive information on features concepts tunable options and step by step procedures Help is available at all times J ust click PaperPort Help on the Help ribbon PDF Viewer Plus has its own help system which describes how to view annotate and work with PDF files It includes help on the PDF creation available in PaperPort Professional using Nuance PDF Create either by direct conversion or via the PDF Create Assistant Get started instantly The PaperPort How to Guides offer you a quick start in key program areas including scanning assembling documents enhancing images and more Access them from the Help ribbon Read all about what you can do Read the Getting Started Guide to find out what you can do with PaperPort This guide provides an overview of all PaperPort features Use the Help ribbon to view the guide as a PDF file Understand all the important details The PaperPort Release Notes provide important information about this software release of PaperPort Use it to reference system requirements installation steps and resolutions to known issues You can find it in the Samples folder that is provided with PaperPort or you can access it on the PaperPort Help ribbon at any time Discover a wealth of information on the Nuance web site The Nuance web site provides a wealth of information about your PaperPort software including Frequently Asked Questions Technical Notes software updates and more Refer to the PaperPort Kno
202. iveryPSP system tray icon Default folders Use comma separated text files filled with folder information to specify destination folders for all users These comma separated text files have to have the following structure Accepted String full path of a folder String short display name of the path as it will appear on the value s device s main screen Example __ G AVear200a CommomAccounting Accounting O To create default destination folders administrator s tasks 1 Create the comma separated text file containing the full path and the display name of the destination folders 2 Click the Defaults tab at the top 35 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide 3 Click the Browse button in the Default Folders section next to Folders file 4 Select the comma separated text file in the File Open dialog and click OK 5 Click the Upload File button in the Default Folders section 6 The file is uploaded processed and the default folders are displayed Sample CSV file content C temp MyTemp Q Year2009 Common Accounting Accounting MyDocuments ScannedFiles Scanned files Explanation 1 The user will see the MyTemp item on the device screen If this item is selected the scanned document is delivered into the c temp folder on the user s machine 2 Theuser will see the Accounting item on the device screen If this item is selected the scanned document is delivered into the Q Year2009 Com
203. job creation Modifying jobs Jobs with an inactive status can be modified Select the job a in the left panel of the Batch Manager and choose Modify from the Edit menu or click the Modify Job button First modify timing instructions as desired Then the Workflow Assistant appears with the workflow steps and settings loaded Make the desired changes as already described for workflows See Modifying workflows above Chapter 6 Creating new jobs 94 Managing and running jobs This is done with the Batch Manager It has two panels The left panel lists each job its next run status and history The status is Waiting Scheduled but job start time is in the future Running Processing is currently underway Watching Watching is in progress but there is no processing Inactive Created with timing instruction Do not start now or any deactivated jobs Expired Scheduled job but start time is in the past Collecting Watching in progress but the job is waiting for all incoming files to arrive Paused User has paused the job and not yet resumed it Closing Watch type job is saving its result Starting The status right before Running Displays when a job is just being started or when more jobs are about to run than the number of jobs Batch Manager can simultaneously run Click on a job and a step by step analysis of all pages in the job appears in the right panel It shows where input was taken from the page status and wh
204. k the help button if the dialog box has one Readme File The Readme file contains last minute information about the software Please read it before using OmniPage To open this HTML file choose Readme in the OmniPage Installer or afterwards in the Help menu Scanning and other information The Nuance web site at www nuance com provides timely information on the program The Scanner Guide http www nuance com scannerguide contains up dated information about supported scanners and related issues Nuance tests the 25 most widely used scanner models Access Nuance s web site from the OmniPage 17 Installer or afterwards from the Help menu Welcome 6 Tech Notes The web site at www nuance com contains Tech Notes on commonly reported issues using OmniPage 17 Web pages may also offer assistance on the installation process and troubleshooting New features in OmniPage 17 If you are upgrading from version 16 you benefit from the following innovations Click the links to for more information Asian recognition OCR services are provided for Japanese Korean Simplified Chinese and Traditional Chinese with support for both horizontal and vertical text flow and embedded English texts Results can be viewed and verified in the Text Editor See Asian language recognition on page 61 Vertical non Asian texts Auto detection of vertical texts in two rotations functions inside table cells and anywhere on PDF or XPS pages and
205. l Right click the default application pool and select Advanced Settings Set the Enable 32 Bit Applications option to False Press OK Configuring IIS on Windows 7 Windows XP is similar The following describe the steps to install and configure IIS on Win 7 For Windows XP refer to Microsoft s web site 1 gt 11 o oN oan AYUN To open the Windows Features dialog box click Start and then click Control Panel In the Control Panel click Programs Programs and Features in Classic View Click Turn Windows features on and off You may receive the Windows Security warning Click Allow to continue Select Internet Information Services to choose the default features for installation Expand Internet Information Services Additional categories of IIS features are displayed Select IIS 6 Metabase Compatibility under Web Management Tools IIS 6 Management Compatibility Select Windows Authentication under World Wide Web Service Security Click OK to install features The progress indicator appears When the installation completes the Windows Features dialog box closes and the Control Panel is displayed Programs and Features in Classic View On Windows 7 64 bit systems the default option should be used for 32 bit enablement To do this perform the following steps 1 ak V N Choose Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Internet Information Services IIS Manager from the Start Menu Select
206. l button the converted file appears in PowerPoint 2007 or 2010 To view it in older PowerPoint versions you will need a Microsoft Office compatibility pack Windows Explorer 1 Right click on a PDF or XPS icon or file name in Windows Explorer or a PDF or XPS icon on your desktop 2 Choose a conversion mode and target from the shortcut menu If you choose to use the Assistant you make these choices in its Preview panel f Convert PDF XPS As Document to Microsoft Word As Form to Microsoft Word As Spreadsheet to Microsoft Excel As Document to WordPerfect As Legal Document to Microsoft Word As Document to PowerPoint Using PDF Converter Assistant Microsoft Outlook 1 Click the Settings button in the Nuance PDF for Outlook toolbar or the equivalent item in the Nuance PDF menu Choose to use the Converter Assistant or perform a direct conversion to a target you choose Specify whether all PDF XPS attachments should be converted or request a file list so you can select which files to convert These settings apply to all conversions until changed 2 Select a message with one or more PDF or XPS file attachments 3 Click the PDF Converter button POF Converter 7 0 fl in the Outlook toolbar or in the message toolbar In Outlook 2007 use the Nuance PDF tab in the message window 35 4 Ifyou requested prompting select which attachments to convert in the Attached files list dialog box Click OK 5 PDF Converter Assistant ap
207. lar documents and images Select multiple items on the PaperPort desktop then choose Properties from the shortcut menu words entered under Subject Author and Keywords will be applied to all selected items Another way to assign the same item properties to all PDF or MAX files arriving in a folder of your choice through scanning or DesktopDelivery is to use Folder Notes Enter words under Subject Author and Keywords These words are applied only if you checkmark Automatically add keywords from Folder Notes in the Output panel of the Scan Settings dialog box or in PaperPort Professional in the Folder Properties dialog box for DeskopDelivery PaperPort Getting Started Guide 34 Tm Finding Items PaperPort provides features to help you find your PaperPort items You can quickly find an item by visually browsing through thumbnails on your PaperPort desktop When you have many folders and items PaperPort provides more powerful capabilities with All in One Search All in One Search provides many options for specifying where and what to look for when finding an item including indexed text content This information is referred to as search criteria You can look for items by e Item properties File search e Text content Index search Find items by their properties You can search for any type of item by its item name You can also search for PDF and PaperPort Image max files by item properties such as keywords and subj
208. le to process Browse Add devices PPDM Installation Managed De Three check marks are displayed in the Status column if the device is configured properly Use icons in the Actions column to configure a device refresh its status or remove it 10 140 24 30 Aficio MP C2800 vivi Ez Aficio MP 2550 2550B 2851 ae E 10 140 24 38 a The Managed Devices table at the bottom is empty indicating that the server does not manage any devices yet b Enter the device s IP Address Click the Add Device button d A new row is added to the table containing the device information and the PPDM application is automatically installed on the device e Check the icons in the Status column to see if the device and the PPDM application are up and running correctly 26 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide The first status indicator displays a check mark if the device is reachable at the specified IP Address If the device does not appear to be reachable check the IP Address and make sure the device is turned on The second status indicator displays a check mark if the device is ESA capable If the device is not ESA capable the PPDM application cannot be used on the device The last status indicator displays a check mark if the PPDM application has been installed on the device Device Configuration Normally when you add a device you should see three check mark indicators in the table If the seco
209. les dialog box Unsaved training can be edited in the Edit Training dialog box an asterisk is displayed in the title bar in place of a training file name Save it in the Training Files dialog box A training file can be also edited its name appears in the title bar If it has unsaved training added to it an asterisk appears after its name Both the unsaved and the modified training are saved when you close the dialog box The Edit Training dialog box displays frames containing a character shape and an OCR solution assigned to that shape Click a frame to select it Then you can delete it with the Delete key or change the assignation Use arrow keys to move to the next or previous frame Training Files You are editing your unsave training This frame has been deleted To undelete it select it again and press the Delete key Double click frame or press Enter to change its This frame is OCR solution selected Top part image shape Bottom part OCR Chapter 4 Training 65 Text and image editing OmniPage has a WYSIWYG Text Editor providing many editing facilities These work very similarly to those in leading word processors Editing character attributes In all formatting levels except Plain Text you can change the font type size and attributes bold italic underlined for selected text Editing paragraph attributes In all formatting levels except Plain Text you can change the alignment of select
210. ll Java Runtime Environment 1 5 or later 1 5 installed PREREQ IIS _ Microsoft Internet Information Service is Install IIS INSTALLED 1 not installed PREREQ IIS _PATH__ A virtual folder named PPDM exists in Remove this folder OCCUPIED 0 Microsoft Internet Information Service setup Error The Administration Tool does not display Description On launch the following error message is displayed HTTP Error 404 File or Directory not found Solution You need to permit IIS to serve dynamic content For guidelines on how to resolve this problem see http support microsoft com kb 315122 In addition to Active Server Pages you also need to set ASP NET to Allow Error Administration Tool action buttons do not work Description Such a situation may occur if Active Scripting is disabled in your Internet settings On Windows Server 2003 or 2008 the default setting is Disable Solution Add the Administration Tool to the trusted zone or Enable Active Scripting Using Internet Explorer under Windows Server 2003 or 2008 it implies the following steps 1 Launch Internet Explorer 2 Choose Internet Options in the Tools menu 3 Goto the Security tab 4 Select Zones gt Internet 50 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide 5 Click the Custom Level button 6 Choose Scripting gt Active scripting and select the radio button Enable Error Status warnings
211. ll or Clear in the Process menu Use Clear all to clear all files destined for all open documents See a tutorial in Help on loading files for multiple documents Chapter 3 Defining the source of page images 36 Easy Loader is available as a panel in Quick Convert View The Process menu has two commands unique to Quick View e Get and Convert offers one button processing files are loaded passed through recognition and saved to files using existing settings Only in this case multiple file selection is allowed with Quick View the result is one output document for each input file before starting you should choose under Output file name Same as the source file name e Load Files performs file loading without recognition as in other views In Quick View it allows only one file to be loaded at a time it should be processed before selecting a new input file In this case the Queue Window and its lock play no useful role Easy Loader can process digital camera images Set this in the Quick Convert Options panel before invoking Easy Loader If Scan is set as input this setting is temporarily ignored and pages are loaded as normal non camera images All Windows Explorer functionality is available in Easy Loader For instance you can also select files and use the shortcut menu item OmniPage 17 to send them via background processing to MS Excel MS Word PDF RTF Text and WordPerfect Existing settings are used and by default generate
212. lso to enable or disable the integration of PDF Converter and PDF Create in other programs By default all the programs offered in the PDF Converter Professional Integration panels of the InstallShield Wizard will be enabled You can change integration settings later by choosing the program under Add or Remove Programs in the Control Panel and clicking Change and then Repair 4 Click Finish Registration runs at the end of installation Select Register Online to establish a connection to the Nuance web site We provide an easy electronic form that can be completed in a few moments When the form is filled click Submit If you decide not to register or to be reminded later you can go to http www nuance com to register online any time later Click on Support and from the main support screen choose Product Registration For a statement on the use of your registration data please see Nuance s Privacy Policy 5 Activate You will be invited to activate the product at the end of installation Please ensure that web access is available Provided your serial number is found at its storage location and has been correctly entered no user interaction is required and no personal information is transmitted If you do not activate the product at installation time you will be invited to do this each time you invoke the program PDF Converter Professional creates PDF files with a trial watermark on each page if you use it without activation If you ig
213. lus 20 Acquiring Items 21 Scan to the PaperPort desktop 21 Set up your scanner with PaperPort 22 Using Scan Profiles 22 Print to PaperPort 23 Capture web pages 23 Add PaperPort Pies 24 Use DesktopDelivery 25 Import pictures from your camera 25 Touching Up Images 26 Enhancing Images Manually 29 Edit multiple images 29 PaperPort Getting Started Guide iii Annotating Pages Annotation tools Protecting Items Filing Items Add search criteria to items Finding Items Find items by their properties Find words in an item Add items to the All in One Search index Use the All in One Search pane Use PDF Searchable Image Schedule indexing tasks Sharing Files Sending Items to Other Programs Use OmniPage with PaperPort Customize the Send To bar Adjust Send To options Converting Items Convert items to image formats Assembling documents Convert images to text Filling Forms PDF File Support Creating PDF Documents Creating PDF Documents with PDF Create Using ScanDirect Uninstalling PaperPort iv Contents 30 30 32 32 34 35 35 36 37 38 39 40 4 41 42 43 43 44 44 45 47 47 49 50 Welcome to PaperPort Welcome to the Nuance PaperPort Getting Started Guide It is supplied as a PDF file suitable for use with screen readers If you print it to paper we recommend double sided printing with two pages per sheet PaperPort provides the easiest way to turn paper into
214. m Choose Nuance PDF Professional 7 from the Windows Start Menu This offers the following items Choose this to convert PDF files to freely editable documents PDF Converter Assistant a PDF Converter Professional PDF Create Assistant Choose this to start the main Choose this to create PDF files from program and edit PDF files one or more source files ff Nuance PDF Professional 6 gt amp Create PDF Files Overview of creating PDF files PDF Creation can be done from the following locations as described in the table and the following sections Location Source files Conversion method Target PDF Professional File menu or File toolbar One or more local or DMS files scanner or clipboard Direct conversion from clipboard scanner or files Create Assistant to create combine or overlay files PDF Professional as current PDF document Print dialog boxes Current document in the calling application Individual settings A page range can typically be specified Pre defined or via Save As Windows Start Menu plus optionally desktop quick load bar and system tray One or more local or DMS files Create Assistant using profiles page ranges are not supported User defined To local file to e mail or both Windows Explorer shortcut menu One or more whole local files Direct conversion using a chosen profile and assembly instruction Pre defined or
215. make a PDF from the current document or attachment in the Formatted Text amp Graphics PDF Normal format Do this also by choosing Print and selecting the printer named ScanSoft PDF Create Choose Print in your web browser to create print formatted views of web pages The printer PaperPort Image Printer gives you MAX PDF Image or PDF Searchable files the ScanSoft Printer gives you Normal PDF In all cases PaperPort is launched if not running and the PDF file is placed on the current desktop Capture web pages You can use Web Capture to capture web pages on the Internet as PaperPort Image items or PDF Image items on your PaperPort desktop These items function as convenient pointers to your favorite web sites Acquiring Items 23 Once you capture a web page you can view it archive it go to the actual web page on the Internet MAX items only or index the content of captured web pages This program is installed along with PaperPort but is not integrated into it Go to the program folder and run PPwebcapture exe It functions only on the Windows XP operating system A short Help file is available at the same location Use the Print to PaperPort feature to create print formatted views of web pages which can also be added to the All in One Search index for searching by text content c Add PaperPort folders PaperPort provides an easy to use filing system for A My Donnees fas cine organizing your items and shar
216. ment applies only to acquisitions governed by DFARS Subpart 227 4 October 1988 Restricted Rights Use duplication and disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 Oct 1988 In the event any of the above referenced agency regulations is amended or replaced the equivalent successor regulation shall apply instead GENERAL This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof This Agreement may be amended only by a writing signed by both parties Except to the extent if any applicable law requires otherwise this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts United States of America excluding its conflict of law provisions Unless otherwise agreed in writing all disputes relating to this Agreement excepting any dispute relating to Nuance s or its licensors or suppliers intellectual property rights shall be subject to final and binding arbitration in Boston Massachusetts United States of America under the auspices of a single arbitrator pursuant to the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect with the losing party paying all costs of arbitration This Agreement shall not be governed by the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods If
217. ment in the system default PDF viewer annotations intact Annotation tools You can select an annotation tool from the Annotation ribbon whenever you display an image item in the Image View window Use commands in the Annotation Settings group to change properties for future annotations created with that tool This does not affect existing annotations To turn off any annotation tool click a different one the Select Annotation tool is usually the best for this See a detailed list of these tools in Help We detail here the annotation tools available in PDF Viewer Plus for use with PDF files PaperPort Getting Started Guide 30 Use the following commands in PDF Viewer Plus v Hand Note Text Box Highlight Pencil Line Stamp Select this tool and click in an annotation to move cut copy or resize it on the page Double click on a note or text box to edit its text Right click on a selected annotation to change its status or properties Want to give yourself a reminder Select the Note tool and add a resizable note much like a sticky note that you write on and then stick on paper documents You can shrink the note to an icon Right click to access note properties Double click to re open the note Adding a text label to your images is simple with the Text tool Select this tool to enter text whose properties you can set in Edit gt Preferences gt Comment Use the Highlighter tool to highlight selected t
218. messages Delete the Test folder Choose another computer in your network and navigate to lt lt your computer name gt gt TemporaryStorage Provide the PSPUser account details user name and password if prompted Create a new folder name it Test o oN oa FF Q Copy a file into this directory 10 Make sure you do not get any error messages 11 Delete the Test folder Your SMB configuration is now complete 20 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Authentication If you require authentication functionality on your device in order to setup a more secure working environment an authentication module provided by Ricoh should be uploaded to the MFP devices More detailed information can be from the Windows Authentication Service Installation and Configuration Guide found in this manual 21 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Installation alternatives There are two alternatives to install the product interactive and customized Interactive presents you with a Wizard like interface whereas customized is recommended for advanced users You can use either one to install the product To install the product use either Interactive installation or Customized Installation Administrative rights are necessary for the installer On Microsoft Windows Server 2008 and Microsoft Windows 7 if the User Access Control UAC is switched on an elevation r
219. mines the location and type of the form fields based on this form template Finish the workflow with a saving step OmniPage will extract data from incoming forms using the specified template Export is to a comma separated value text file csv ready to be loaded into a spreadsheet Once you select Form Data Extraction in a workflow only saving steps will follow Chapter 4 Creating and editing forms 74 Saving and exporting Once you have acquired at least one image for a document you can export the image to file Once you have recognized at least one page you can export recognition results After further recognition you can save a single page selected pages or the whole document by saving to file copying to Clipboard or sending toa mailing application Saving as an OmniPage Document is always possible OmniPage provides comprehensive support for Office 2007 applications and formats so long as you have Microsoft NET Framework 3 0 installed A document remains in OmniPage after export This allows you to save copy or send its pages repeatedly for example with different formatting levels using different file types names or locations You can also add or re recognize pages or modify the recognized text With automatic processing and in Batch Manager jobs you specify where to save first before processing starts A workflow may contain one or more saving steps even to different targets for instance to file and to mail
220. mon Accounting folder on the user s computer 3 The user will see the Scanned files item on the device screen If this item is selected the scanned document is delivered into the c Documents and Settings lt User gt My Documents Scanned files folder on the user s PC The MyDocuments meta tag should be used when the administrator wants to use a path within the user s own My Documents folder This meta tag is resolved on the user s machine locally Important If there are special accented e g y characters in the folder names the CSV file has to be saved in Unicode format or with UTF8 encoding Otherwise neither the device nor the DDPSP client might be able to properly display and or use the folder name Default workflows Use OmniPage to create workflows available for all users on their machines Note Workflows of OmniPage 16 or earlier versions are not compatible with OmniPage 17 To create default workflows as an administrator 1 Create one or more workflows in OmniPage and export them to a location accessible through the Administration tool Click the Defaults tab at the top Click the Browse button in the Default Workflows section next to Workflow file Select the workflow file in the File Open dialog and click OK Click the Upload File button in the Default Workflows section oa F WO DN The file is uploaded processed and the default workflow is displayed N Workflow files can be uploaded one by one
221. most useful image handling operations To access advanced functionality such as image file saving SET tools on the fly zoning zone reordering and manual zone drawing for vertical text a different view should be used Custom views For a custom view arrange the panels and toolbars as you wish then choose Window gt Custom Views gt Manage Click Add and name your view Your screen layouts will be displayed in the Custom Views submenu with a checkmark beside the active one Resetting to a default is not available for custom views Changing views Use the Window menu to change views Panels are shown or hidden and arranged as they were when the chosen view was last Chapter 2 The OmniPage Desktop and Views 26 used The Help topic on display remains unchanged regardless of view Easy Loader retains its file location regardless of view and the Workflow Status continues to display information on the last workflow run On program restart Help displays the Welcome topic Easy Loader the default folder location and Workflow status is empty The Toolbars The program has eleven main toolbars Use the View menu to show hide or customize them Status bar texts at the bottom edge of the OmniPage program window explain the purpose of all tools Standard toolbar Performs basic functions Image toolbar Performs image zoning and table operations Three of its tool groups can now be handled separately mini toolbars e Zones toolbar
222. mote software installation and configuration Contact your Ricoh representative to obtain a device upgrade if needed Note If the IP address of a device changes re register the device in the PPDM server using the Admin Tool PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Setting up the Network Environment To utilize the full functionality of the product you have to identify a file server in your network that is accessible via SMB This file server can also be used as a PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 server We recommend that you install the product to a server with a static IP address The following description is based on such a scenario Note If the IP address of the server is changed you have to change it in the PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 also see section Changing server IP address after setup Additionally all devices should be re registered in the PPDM server using the Admin Tool to update the new IP address The configuration steps presented here describe the Windows IIS and SMB based process If you are using the product ona different system consult your product distributor IP Addresses and Host Names PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 supports IP addresses as well as host names In general you are free to use either for identifying the device server etc However there are cases when host names cannot be properly resolved e g clients the server the device s are in different workgroups etc In such
223. mputers Software components Software components of the PPDM v2 CD ROM a Software component PPDM Desktop Module 12 2 PPDM OCR Module 17 3 PromPoF cower o ooo a peseme s PeporPorimagePinier o effes ooo Any combination of these products on the CD ROM can be installed under the following limitations 1 To ensure full functionality of PPDM Desktop Module 12 PaperPort Image Printer must also be installed 2 To ensure full functionality of PPDM Desktop Module 12 and PPDM OCR Module 17 PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 must also be installed 3 Toensure full functionality of PPDM OCR Module 17 and PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 RealSpeak Solo must also be installed 4 Toinstall DesktopDeliveryPSP 10 you must install PPDM Desktop Module 12 first These components require the presence of certain system components also referred to as Prerequisites These are the Microsoft Visual C 2005 and 2008 Redistributables and the MS XML4 SP3 Parser Note that the PaperPort Image Printer and the PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 components have both a 32 bit and a 64 bit version Important PPDM Desktop Module 12 PPDM OCR Module 17 and PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 are copy protected components and require activation on the client machines after installation Creating administrative images To distribute the software components of PPDMv2 the administrative images of the components should be created in a shared network folder on the publish
224. n Windows Peer to Peer Collaboration Foun indows Peer to Peer Collaboration Foun indows Remote Management Compati Profile Windows Management Ins Windows Management Ins Windows Management Ins Windows Management Ins Windows Management Ins Windows Media Player Windows Media Player Net Windows Media Player Net Windows Media Player Net Windows Media Player Net Windows Media Player Net Windows Media Player Net Windows Media Player Net Windows Media Player Net Windows Media Player Net Windows Media Player Net Windows Media Player Net Windows Media Player Net Windows Media Player Net Windows Media Player Net Windows Media Player Net Windows Peer to Peer Coll Windows Peer to Peer Coll Windows Peer to Peer Coll Windows Peer to Peer Coll Windows Remote Manage Windows Remote Manage Windows Remote Mana Windows Remote Manage Wireless Portable Devices Wireless Portable Devices Domain Private Domain Domain Private All Domain Private Domain Private Domain Private All Private Domain Private Domain Domain Private All Domai All All All All Domain Private Domain Private All Filter by Profile Filter by State Filter by Group View Refresh Export List Help Disable Rule Cut Copy Delete Properties Help 16 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Adm
225. n be highlighted struckout or redacted made unreadable in the Text Editor Redacting is useful for legal documents or for those with confidential content File it Assistant A more efficient aid for creating and using barcode cover page workflows These allow for automatic processing and storage of documents driven by the push of just one scanner button A more complete list of features and the differences between various OmniPage versions appears in Help PROFESSIONAL This icon is used throughout the guide to denote features that are available only in OmniPage Professional 17 OmniPage 17 is supplied in Enterprise versions for network use It is also supplied in Special Editions for selected scanner manufacturers and other resellers The feature set in these editions may vary in line with each vendor s requirements New features in OmniPage 17 10 Installation and setup This chapter provides information on installing and starting OmniPage System requirements The minimum requirements to install and run OmniPage 17 are A computer with an Intel Pentium III processor or equivalent Dual core or Quad core support recommended Windows XP 32 bit from Service Pack 3 with 400 MHz processor or Windows Vista 32 bit SP1 or 64 bit SP1 with a 1 GHz processor 256MB of memory RAM IGB recommended for advanced performance 230MB of free hard disk space for application and sample files plus 7OMB working spa
226. n the 7th lt argument gt file log messages are sent to the standard output stream and to a file that can be downloaded by a server socket listening on the port specified the 7th lt argument gt systemout log messages are sent to the standard output stream only none no logging at all default after installation Locate the 7th lt argument gt within the lt application desc gt element Change its value default value is 1000 after installation to a port to be used for telnet or file logging This argument is ignored if logging is set to systemout or none Save the PPpM DALP file Compress the content of the temporary folder and save it as PPDM zip into the UI Rxop sub folder of the installation folder overwriting the original PPDM zip file It is a good practice to create a backup copy of PPDM zip before overwriting it with the modified content Install the PPDM application to the device using the Administration tool Getting access to log information depends on what logging method is specified If the 6th lt argument gt is set to a Telnet e Launch HyperTerminal or any other telnet client e Create anew connection e Select TCP IP protocol e Set the IP Address to that of the device e Use the port number that was specified as the 7th lt argument gt in the PPDM parr file e Launch the PPDM application on the device e Connect through HyperTerminal e Examine the log information in the terminal window a
227. nFlowStore Listener C Secure Socket Tunneling Protocol O Secure World Wide Web Services HTTPS C SNMP Service CI SNMP Trap C Web Management Service HTTP C Windows Communication Foundation O Windows Firewall Remote Management C Windows Management Instrumentation WMI O Windows Remote Management C Windows Security Configuration Wizard World Wide Web Services HTTP Firewall settings for Windows 7 The following steps describe the necessary steps for configuring the firewall on Windows 7 13 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide 1 Click Control Panel gt System and Security gt Windows Firewall 2 Click Turn Windows Firewall on or off cen em e 2 gt Control Panel System and Security Windows Firewall 4 Search Contro Panel pl Contro Panel ae Help protect your computer with Windows Firewall Allow a program or feature Windows Firewall can help prevent hackers or malicious software from gaining access to your computer through Windows Firewall through the Internet or a network Change notification settings How does a firewall help protect my computer Turn Windows Firewall on or What are network locations E Home or work private networks Not Connected amp off Restore defaults Advanced settings m Public networks Connected 4 Troubleshoot my network Networks in public places such as airports or coffee shops Windows F
228. nd in the Release Notes or in the application About box if enabled under Options General Alternatively click the OmniPage Net Framework balloon tooltip Installing OmniPage OmniPage 17 s installation program takes you through installation with instructions on every screen Before installing OmniPage e Close all other applications especially anti virus programs Loginto your computer with administrator privileges Chapter 1 Installing OmniPage 12 e Ifyou own a previous version of OmniPage or if you are upgrading from demonstration software or an OmniPage Special Edition you must uninstall that product first To install OmniPage l Download the program file and choose Run when the download is completed or insert the OmniPage CD ROM in your CD ROM drive The installation program should start automatically If it does not start locate your CD ROM drive in Windows Explorer and double click the Autorun exe program at the top level of the CD ROM Choose a language to use during installation Accept the End User License Agreement and enter the serial number you receive by e mail or find on the CD envelope Choose a complete or a custom installation A complete installation installs all RealSpeak Text to Speech language modules currently 9 Custom installation lets you exclude or add modules To exclude a module click its down arrow and select This feature will not be available Follow the instru
229. nd status indicator signals ESA problems you have to resolve them first and then perform this step 2 Configuring the device a Click the blue Configure icon in the Actions column b The Device Configuration page is displayed Language el WL OS Device Configuration Device Name Aficio MP C2800 IP Address 10 140 24 30 Install Uninstall the PPDM application on this device La Install PPDM The following applications are installed on this device Application Name Global Scan NX e c The table at the bottom is empty indicating that the PPDM application is not yet installed on the device d Click the Install PPDM button e Anew row is added to the table and the Install PPDM button changes to Uninstall PPDM Installation is now finished Administrators might also want to add or remove a device In the most common cases a few devices are purchased or rented simultaneously and the necessary administration tasks are performed after installation Note If the PPDM application is removed from a device using the Administration Tool the device is rebooted Wait until the reboot finishes before taking any other action 27 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Adding New Devices To set up additional devices manually the administrator has to go through the following steps again 1 Click the Devices tab at the top 2 Enter the device IP
230. nel Select how registered users are displayed on the login screen First name then Last name then Department Sort users by Department then First name then Last name Department then Last name then First name 1 Click the Users tab at the top 2 Set the order for displaying user names on the device panel 3 Click the Apply button 34 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Defaults Note MyDocuments can be used to represent the user s real My Documents folder Display name Folder s full path Mark for deletion Delete selected folders Folders Browse Upload file Delete selected workflows Workflow Browse Upload file Display name Mark for deletion Delete selected profiles Profiles Browse Upload file Administrators are usually not required to manage user settings because users are able to customize the device screen using their own destination folders and scanning preferences through the Personalized MFP Scanning Wizard On the other hand we provide an administration tool to add remove default folders workflows and profiles Important These defaults will appear on the device screen below the users own items This happens in the following cases if the user e Restarts DesktopDeliveryPSP e Updates the user s own preferences through the Wizard e Selects the Refresh defaults item from the context menu of the DesktopDel
231. nge the control panel on supported Multifunction Printers Copiers so that it becomes customized with your own destination folders and scanning preferences DesktopDeliveryPSP displays PPDM Desktop Module folders and scanning profiles as well as the document conversion workflows of PPDM OCR Module stored on your local computer and allows you to push these settings to the control panel of the Multifunction Printer Copier through the PPDM PSP Delivery Module When you identify yourself to the MFP through a log in screen it will automatically change the control panel to reflect your personal folder destinations and scanning preferences The PPDM PSP Delivery Module requires DesktopDeliveryPSP on your local machine and the ability to control the MFP through a specially designed software interface On select Ricoh machines this ability is referred to as the Ricoh Embedded Software Architecture ESA for Java embedded Multifunction Devices Use the following server for Personalized MFP Scanning Use this option to enable the Personalized MFP Scanning functionality Server Button Click the Server button to change the PPDM PSP Delivery Module used for the Personalized MFP Scanning functionality For information on available servers contact your system administrator Personalized MFP Scanning Wizard Button Click this button to display the Personalized MFP Scanning Wizard This lets you collect and transfer information from your computer to the remote
232. ning problem occurs with PaperPort first please test whether you are able to scan into another ISIS supported application Scanner Setup Wizard PaperPort 12 includes a Scanner Setup Wizard that will automatically test and optimize your scanner for use with PaperPort 12 You can find its shortcut next to that of PaperPort 12 in the Windows Start menu You can also launch it at any time by choosing the Select button on the Scan or Get Photo pane Scan Settings on the Desktop ribbon The Scanner Setup Wizard is launched automatically after installation when you first attempt to scan This ensures that your scanner is optimized before you start scanning documents Using more than one scanner in PaperPort If you have more than one scanner installed on your computer you may use the Scanner Setup Wizard to use those scanners with PaperPort Select button on the Scan or Get Photo pane Scan Settings on the Desktop ribbon Scanner compatibility Since scanners change frequently please refer to http support nuance com compatibility for the most recent information about PaperPort and scanner compatibility If you are having problems with your scanner please contact the scanner manufacturer for assistance Often scanner manufacturers provide web sites that provide the latest scanner drivers answers to frequently asked questions and other information about their products Known issues Using the new user interface For guidance on using
233. nly To have a printed copy on normal sized paper we recommend double sided printing with two pages per sheet This guide is written with the assumption that you know how to work in the Microsoft Windows environment Please refer to your Windows documentation if you have questions about how to use dialog boxes menu commands scroll bars drag and drop functionality shortcut menus and so on We also assume you are familiar with your scanner and its supporting software and that the scanner is installed and working correctly before it is setup with OmniPage 17 Please refer to the scanner s own documentation as necessary Welcome 5 How to Guides The How to Guides can be accessed from the Help menu They are a series of mini guides that help you get started easily by providing concise overviews of key program areas such as getting input image improvement zoning recognition editing proofreading new features and the like Electronic Help OmniPage Help contains information on features settings and procedures It also has a comprehensive glossary with its own alphabetical index and a table of contents The HTML help system has been designed for quick and easy information retrieval Help is available after you install OmniPage Comprehensive context sensitive help aims to provide just enough assistance to let you keep working without delay It is available from dialog boxes Press Fl in any dialog box to access it or clic
234. nore the first five activation prompts you must activate products separately and manually a much more time consuming process You will be allowed to re install the program a reasonable number of times without having re activation problems because un installation includes a de activation step The serial number is needed for re installation and web access is needed for de activation and re activation For registration and activation troubleshooting see the Nuance Knowledge Base at http knowledgebase nuance com Note Keep the serial number of earlier versions to retain the option of installing them on a different computer How to Get Help This guide is available in a PDF file on the CD and after installation in the program folder It can also be accessed from the About panel When the program is delivered electronically this PDF is available at the download site and is included in the download Nuance PDF Converter Professional has a comprehensive HTML Help system Use the Help Menu to open it at its Introduction Press Fl to open Help typically at the topic describing the eo currently open panel Some dialog boxes have Help buttons A Release Notes file with latest information is available on the CD and in the program folder The Nuance web site offers program information with a regularly updated knowledge base and user forums Note System requirements are presented on the product box and in Help Starting the Progra
235. nown as Scanner Enhancement Technology SET in PPDM Desktop Module are applied by the Desktop Module when the image is transferred from the device to the Desktop Module desktop To add a new scanning profile to the device interface or to update one that you have previously changed in PaperPort click the Personalized MFP Scanning Wizard button in the DesktopDeliveryPSP Settings dialog box when you have finished the modifications Use the Desktop Module to create new profiles or modify existing ones Click on the Scan or Get Photo button in the Desktop Module main toolbar to display the Scan or Get Photo pane TO m This lists your scanning profiles Scan or Get Photo PIX Scanner PaperPort Virtual PSP Scanner Select Select a profile B amp W Document Grayscale Document Color Document Color Photograph amp Color PDF MAC High Compression New Delete Settings F Display scanner dialog box MV Show Capture Assistant Output PDF Image Automatically add keywords from Folder Notes gt Scan B amp w 300 DPI Letter Flatbed Portrait ad SET Process Auto Straighten Click Scan to start scanning 10 For more information on scanning profiles consult your PPDM Desktop Module documentation PaperPort PSP Virtual Scanner Desktop Module is designed to handle create modify or delete scanning profiles for local scanners If you do not have a scanner connected to your machine
236. nts refer to the Server Administrators Guide located on the server CD The installation disk contains multiple localized versions of the associated software To begin select the language appropriate for your installation This displays a second dialog box that enables you to Start installation or Browse CD Before starting installation you can specify which components you want to install Components previously installed from the disk are marked with a green checkmark on the right Then specify a common installation directory for all components In the next screen you must accept the License Agreement to proceed with the installation Note If you install DesktopDeliveryPSP as part of the above procedure the program behavior will still need to be configured through the DesktopDeliveryPSP Settings dialog for proper functioning Alternatively you can configure the application at install time To do so exclude DesktopDeliveryPSP installation from the above procedure unmark its checkbox and install it separately with command line parameters For detailed guidelines see the DesktopDeliveryPSP documentation in the PPDMDesktopDeliveryPSP folder on the disk A Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 silent install launches installing each desktop component without user intervention Users are informed of installation progress by progress monitor and application screens PDF Converter Module will be installed automatically if you install either Desk
237. ob results window indicates which files were not processed Running The program s launch speed is increased and performance is considerably improved on multi core computers Support for quad core machines is introduced Linking workflows to scanner buttons OmniPage functions and workflows can be associated with scanner buttons so the whole pre processing recognition and storage of documents can be launched from the scanner See Scanning to OmniPage and workflows on page 39 Output to Kindle The new Kindle Assistant lets you create workflows to send recognition results to a Kindle account at Amazon and receive them displayed on a Kindle device registered with that account See Sending to Kindle on page 83 New features in OmniPage 17 8 Other improvements Advances to image pre processing provide better layout retention and overall accuracy particularly in XPS files and document to document conversions HD photo JPEG XR image loading is now supported Integration with Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint is enhanced Linearized PDF files can be created so they are optimized for faster web viewing Form layout description is now available in Quick Convert View New features in OmniPage 16 If you are upgrading from version 15 you will also benefit from the following innovations Three screen views Choose from Classic as in OmniPage 15 Flexible and Quick Convert View all main controls on a single panel S
238. odule 12 This page intentionally left blank Release Notes for PPDM Desktop Module 12 Version 12 1 English version Copyright 2003 2010 Nuance Communications Inc www nuance com Last modified November 9 2010 For Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 the product names PaperPort PaperPort Professional and Desktop Module are used interchangeably Please read this document for late breaking or detailed information about Nuance PaperPort 12 that could not be included in its other documentation It relates to both PaperPort 12 Professional PaperPort 12 versions of the product In the rest of this document the name PaperPort 12 is used for both versions unless Professional is used in the name Up to date information and a knowledge base are available on the PaperPort support web page http www nuance com imaging support default asp You can access this directly from inside PaperPort 12 using the Product Information button in the Help ribbon These release notes discuss the following main topics Minimum System Requirements Installation and Uninstallation Scanner Support Known issues Third party licenses Minimum System Requirements To install and run PaperPort 12 your Windows compatible PC must meet or exceed the following requirements e A computer with an Intel Pentium newer or equivalent processor Microsoft Windows XP 32 bit SP3 or above Windows Vista SP2 or above Windows 7 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 0
239. oftware is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group and Colosseum Builders Inc OmniPage 17 User s Guide 120 The Independent JPEG Group s software copyright 1991 1995 Thomas G Lane Portions of this software are copyright 2006 The FreeType Project lt www freetype org gt All rights reserved FreeType 2 3 1 Turner Wilhelm Lemberg Zlib copyright 1995 1998 Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler This product was developed using Kakadu software Export Options dialog controls from Allan Nielsen Supergrid control copyright 1999 This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL project lt http www openssl org gt with software written by Eric Young and Tim Hudson Part of this software is derived from the RSA Data Security Inc MD5 Message Digest Algorithm AES encryption decryption for PDF 2001 Dr Brian Gladman Worcester UK Amazon s Kindle 2 copyright 1999 2009 Components for Asian font handling copyright 2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated All rights reserved Some integration and other components 2009 Microsoft Corp All rights reserved PDF creation 1993 2009 Zeon Corporation All Rights Reserved RealSpeak Solo 2002 2009 Nuance Communications Inc All rights reserved OmniPage is protected by one or more of the following United States Patents 4 700 400 4 754 489 4 773 099 4 918 740 5 046 114 5 060 277 5 077 807 5 131 053 5 133 023 5 235 651 5 261 009 5
240. on 107 Smart folders 97 98 Solutions for poor performance 103 Specialized dictionaries 61 Speed zoning 52 Spreadsheet pages 41 Standard toolbar 22 Starting a user dictionary 60 Starting Batch Manager 92 Starting the program 14 Status of jobs 95 96 Step by step processing 21 Steps for workflows 89 Stopping workflows 88 Storing zoning changes 68 Straightening pages 46 Strengthening letter outlines 45 Striking out text 69 Subtractive area selection E 44 Suggestions in proofing 58 Suspect words 56 Synchronize views E 45 System or performance problems during OCR 107 OmniPage 17 User s Guide System requirements 11 T Tabbed panels 21 Table tool F 73 Table zones 51 Tables editing 66 editing dividers 53 in single column pages 41 in Text Editor 66 removing dividers 53 rows in 53 zones 51 53 Taskbar workflow icon 88 Technical information 103 Template zones 42 53 105 Template form 74 Templates in OPDs 54 Testing OmniPage 104 Text direction 49 62 Text Editor 21 56 66 Text saving 77 Text tool F 72 Text to S peech facility 71 Thumbnails 21 22 Tiled panels 21 Timing of jobs 98 Toolbar docking floating 58 Toolbars 27 Training 63 automatic IntelliTrain 64 manual 64 training files 65 Troubleshooting 103 True Page 57 True Page editing 67 117 True Page export 78 TWAIN scanner drivers 15 Types of zones 49 U Underlined text 66 Undocking panels 21 Ungrouping elements 67 Uninstalling the softw
241. on is possible then files are converted one after the other 4 Click Open The picture shows steps 2 3 and 4 Look in jo My Documents v XE Tos 3 Adobe E Image only page pdf 8 My eBooks E Image only pdf My Music pi Invisible signature pdf g a My Pictures pS Text and image pdf S O My Received Files ps Visible signature pdf My Documents re My Webs History ScheduleOCR Output amp pS Annual report add financials pdf E Annual report pdf Deskt a ae Businessletter2 pdf Businessletter pdf Favorites European News_multicolumn pdf amp My Network Places i Portable Document Format pd Annual report add financials pdf 5 Conversion starts with or without the Converter Assistant as specified in the PDF Converter 7 0 Settings dialog box found in Word s Tools menu In Word 2007 and 2010 the PDF Settings button in the Nuance PDF tab displays the dialog box 6 Ifthe PDF Converter Assistant is enabled the PDF XPS is previewed and you can change mode settings before starting the conversion If the PDF Converter Assistant is disabled conversion 33 starts immediately using the existing settings for the pre defined mode 7 Converted editable documents are displayed in Microsoft Word 8 A converted document will display as if it were still the PDF or XPS file You must save it as a Word document with the command Save As If you use Save or Close without saving you will lo
242. on pane can present Image item Text item Send To bar Folders thumbnail thumbnail Scan Settings Thumbnails All in One Search Properties PaperPort Getting Started Guide 12 The PaperPort Ribbon PaperPort 12 and ImageViewer have a b modernized tab and ribbon interface some The main elements are E F ie 1 The PaperPort button E e Button within the group Li 3 2 Quick Access Toolbar see page 20 3 Tab A T o 4 Ribbon associated with the tab i 5 Group inside the ribbon 6 7 A button drop down list PaperPort items The documents and photographs you acquire in PaperPort are called items There are two types of items image items and text items e Image items are scanned documents photographs drawings and other digital items in an image format such as PDF Image PDF Searchable JPEG TIFF or PaperPort Image max files They can be scanned copied or imported into the PaperPort desktop e Text items are documents that contain editable text such as Word doc HTML and Excel files and are created by word processing and other text based applications Normal PDF files are considered to be text items Image items when double clicked open by default in Image View that offers many image handling tools including the SET tools Go to Options gt Desktop to change this behavior You can choose ImageViewer this offers the same functionality as Image View but in a sepa
243. ong with an account that the device and the DesktopDeliveryPSP clients will use to reach this location d Click the Store Settings button Initial server administration is done and the system is ready to work Important For full functionality client side installation is also required 30 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Repository Changes File transfer location changes are not quite frequent c f email system changes within an organization However the Administration Tool gives you the option to do this To change the file transfer location 1 Click the Repository tab at the top 2 Change the parameters 3 Click the Store Settings button User Management Administrators are usually not required to manage user lists because clients are able to automatically register themselves and use the system without any administrator interaction On the other hand we provide an administration tool to add remove users and user groups to from the system Adding users 1 Click the Users tab at the top 2 The User Management page is displayed with the list of already registered manually by the administrator or automatically by the clients themselves users Language E esl OD LO 2 See List users Add users from LDAP Add users manually a First name DOMAIN DOMAIN 3 To add a single user manually a Pick the Add users manually opt
244. oping with mixed areas of horizontal and vertical texts on a page However the zoning tool lets you force vertical Asian recognition by manual zoning Please draw rectangular zones with this tool To manually zone horizontal Asian text use the usual text zone type Do not use the two other vertical text tools on Asian texts Drawing a vertical Asian zone does not automatically enable an Asian language nor influence the language auto detection Digital camera images are accepted for Asian languages However the automatic 3D deskew algorithm is unlikely to be useful certainly not for vertical texts Preferably use the standard image loading command and perform manual 3D deskewing with the relevant SET tool if required In general SET tools can be used on Asian images Recognized Asian pages appear in the Text Editor provided your system has support for East Asian languages always with horizontal text direction There is no need to specify Asian fonts Chapter 4 Languages 62 under Options OCR a default font is automatically applied typically Arial Unicode MS Other Asian capable fonts on your system can be chosen in the Text Editor Editor support allows text viewing and verifying Formatted Text is recommended as formatting level Large scale editing and spell checking are better done in the target application Proofing training and dictionary support are not available for Asian texts Therefore prior to performing Asian OCR go
245. or above 512 MB of memory RAM 1GB recommended 500 MB of free hard disk space for application files plus 20 MB working space during installation e SVGA monitor with 256 colors but preferably 16 bit color called Medium Color in XP and Vista and at least 800 x 600 pixel resolutions e Windows compatible pointing device e CD ROM drive for installation e Acompatible scanner with its own scanner driver software if you plan to scan documents See the Scanner Guide at Nuance s web site www nuance com for a list of supported scanners e Web connection with IE 6 0 or above Web access is needed for product registration activation Scanner Wizard database updating and obtaining live updates for the program If your computer does not meet all of these requirements the installation will continue though some features might not work on your system Please ensure that you have the most recent Windows Service Pack available Installation and Uninstallation Before you install or uninstall PaperPort 12 exit from any open applications so that only Windows is running There should be no applications listed in the task bar other than Windows Explorer Upgrading from PaperPort 12 to PaperPort 12 Professional Before installing PaperPort 12 Professional please uninstall the following components from your computer e PaperPort 12 e PDF Viewer Plus e PaperPort Image Printer Installing PaperPort 12 The installation program provides easy step by step ins
246. or all the modules to be loaded Oe Se O Press User Tool then press Extended Feature Settings to verify the following components are installed and running correctly The auto installed components are JavaTM Platform p 4 Service Mode Settings Enter Service Mode of the machine 1 Press Clear Mode Press 107 Number keys 1 0 7 Hold Clear Stop till Operation Panel shows Service Mode Screen press the Hard Key and Copy SP Soft Key to Enter SP Mode The service code to modify is 5401 230 Au WN change the value to 0 by pressing the 230 Soft Key XQ ASSESS NGOs GAA FSi NEAR ARR Aik NSO v asses Site Re Wank eee EN RESH ASRS SQ uss SSDS L FN SR eA ES QSL QRS WX A REON QGA MBG GOW LOA AQAA GRAN Ns OSS ABH IQA RNANA i ASSN NESES SA DSN SN SSAA AQ ASSASSIN BC NN SOAS p 5 MFP System Settings 1 Press User Tools Hard Key 2 Press System Settings Soft key 3 Press Administrator Tools 4 Press Administrator Authentication Management e System Settings Tray Paper Settings File Transfer Interface Settings Timer Settings General Features User Authentication Management __ Extended Security Auto Delete File in Document Server META Delete All Files in Document Server Enhanced Authentication Managernent Administrator Auth
247. or from a table zone use its shortcut menu You can also draw table type zones but they must remain rectangular You draw or move table dividers to determine where gridlines will appear when the table is placed in the Text Editor You can draw or resize a table zone provided it stays rectangular to discard unneeded columns or rows from the outer edges of a table N BEBI Using the table tools you can insert row and column dividers move and remove dividers Click the Place Remove all dividers tool to have dividers in a table auto detected and placed You can specify line formatting for table borders and grids from a shortcut menu You will have greater choice for editing borders and shading in the Text Editor after recognition Using zone templates A template contains a page background value and a set of zones and their properties stored in a file A zone template file can be loaded to have template zones used during recognition Load a template file in the Layout Description drop down list or from the Tools menu You can browse to network locations to load templates created by others When you load a template its background and zones are placed onthe current page replacing any zones already there e onall further acquired pages e onpre existing pages sent to re recognition without any zones Chapter 3 Zones and backgrounds 53 With manual processing the template zones in the first two cases can be viewed and modifie
248. or loss of warranty protection Ricoh Americas Corporation This page intentionally left blank Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 Getting Started Guide Personal Paperless Document Manager 2 Getting Started Guide Getting started with Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 consists of server side and client side components This document provides quick instructions for installing the client side software associated with Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 a PPDM Desktop Module 12 desktop component displayed on screen as PaperPort a PPDM OCR Module 17 desktop component displayed on screen as OmniPage a PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 desktop component a DesktopDeliveryPSP 10 desktop component a PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 server component shipped on a separate CD Note Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 products including PPDM Desktop Module PPDM OCR Module PPDM PDF Converter Module DesktopDeliveryPSP and PPDM PSP Delivery Module with device clients are translated into English French Italian German Spanish and Brazilian Portuguese These products are designed to work with an operating system that is properly configured with the corresponding language Use of these products with operating systems that are configured with non supported languages is not recommended or supported Nuance Communications Inc 1 Wayside Road Burlington MA 01803 4609
249. our serial number is found at its storage location and has been correctly entered no user interaction is required and no personal information is transmitted If you do not activate the product at installation time you will be invited to do this each time you invoke the program OmniPage 17 can be launched only five times without activation We recommend Automatic Activation Uninstalling the software Sometimes uninstalling and then reinstalling OmniPage will solve a problem The OmniPage Uninstall program will not remove files containing recognition results or any of the following user created files Zone templates zon Image enhancement templates ipp Training files otn User dictionaries ud OmniPage Documents opd Job files opj Workflow files xwf To uninstall you must be logged into your computer with administrator privileges Chapter 1 Activating OmniPage 18 To uninstall or reinstall OmniPage Close OmniPage Click Start in the Windows taskbar and choose the Control Panel and then Uninstall a program in earlier Windows versions Add Remove Programs Select OmniPage and click Uninstall in earlier Windows versions Remove Click Yes in the dialog box that appears to confirm removal Select Yes to restart your computer immediately or No if you plan to restart later Follow instructions until the process is finished When you uninstall OmniPage the link to your scanner is also unins
250. ow Assistant to add other steps and change settings For instance you can specify a page range or add more saving steps so the file is not only sent to Kindle but also saved to file with different settings for instance with Flowing Page and color retention Take care not to make modifications that are unsuitable for Kindle e g creating multiple output files setting non supported languages etc You can also compile workflows targeting Kindle with the Workflow Assistant set a Send in Mail step choose the Kindle output converter in its settings and enter the Kindle e mail address You can do the same without using a workflow by choosing Send in Mail in the Export results drop down list Chapter 5 Sending to Kindle 84 Other export targets Turn recognized text into an audio wave file for later listening using Nuance RealSpeak A multiple converter is useful for this allowing you to save the document to file and generate the wave file in one saving step You must specify the reading language in the converter options for the wave file type In OmniPage Professional 17 you can export files to other 55 targets You can save files to a central server an FTP site PRESSEN tO Microsoft SharePoint 2003 and 2007 to Hummingbird Open Text or iManage Interwoven Exporting choices are made in the Export Options dialog box When you click OK you are directed to FTP or SharePoint log in and invited to specify the required path When using
251. ows from your desktop from Windows Explorer or the Easy Loader Right click on an image file icon or file name for a shortcut menu Multiple file selection is possible Choose OmniPage 17 and a workflow name from the sub menu This sub menu also provides quick access to six target formats using default settings Word Excel PDF RTF TXT and WordPerfect To customize which workflows you would like to see here click the Add and Remove Workflows menu item Only workflows with run time prompting for input files are listed here Pressing Stop while a workflow is running pauses it Click Start to resume processing If you pause a workflow maybe do some manual processing and then save the document as an OmniPage Document when you later open that OmniPage Document the interrupted workflow will resume Chapter 6 Workflows 88 Workflow Assistant This allows you to create and modify workflows The Job Wizard also uses this to create or modify workflows that jobs execute see the next section The Assistant offers one or more steps each with a drop down list This left panel of the Workflow Assistant dialog box lets you build your workflow Eating and prostr opoora Editing of recognized pages alowed without running proofreader Proofreader to run on recognized pages with eding alowed This shows the steps you have chosen y et gt This drop down list f shows the possible Use this to add a new step Specify settings for
252. pears if you requested this Preview pages specify a page range if desired adjust settings including the saving instructions and click Convert All If you requested a direct conversion a progress monitor appears and the file is saved to the predefined location with the same name as the source file The procedure is the same in Lotus Notes v 7 0 or 8 5 Microsoft Internet Explorer and Mozilla Firefox l Right click on a hyperlink leading to a PDF or XPS file 2 Choose Open with Nuance PDF Converter 7 0 3 The Assistant downloads and converts the file Processing modes and outputs Choose from four processing modes depending on the content of the PDF XPS file to be converted and the type of output you want Here are your choices Mode Output VW boz p b Lil RTF Word Standard Document Word 2007 PowerPoint 2007 WordPerfect RTF 4 TT m S rival AD a Legal Document y 2007 WordPerfect RTF 36 Mode Output Bd Excel Spreadsheet Excel 2007 vival b are Word Forms Word 2007 RTF The settings for each mode are displayed on the left panel of the Assistant when you make a mode selection The values are stored separately for each mode this includes the image only processing and graphic handling options that are common to all modes The output settings are displayed in the left panel when you make an output selection The settings are the same for all targets and only one
253. ph Color POF MRC Hish More Original Type Photo and Text Resolution 300 dpi File Format TIFF 14 Depending on the capabilities of the device you are using some options may not be available For instance if your device can only scan black and white the Color mode option is not available Also if you are using a specific PPDM Desktop Module Profile you will not be able to change some of its presets e g file format and file name here You can only do this by modifying the profile itself laanch PPDM Desktop Module on your machine update the profile and then publish it to the device again through the Wizard You can adjust scan settings in the following categories Color Mode a Resolution a Original Type a Scanning Method a File Format and a File Name gt Scanning profiles may contain settings that are not supported by the device in use In such cases the following warning message is displayed on the main screen of the device panel Ready to Scan your job with device specific re adjustments This can imply two scenarios You attempted scanning grayscale or color on a black and white device gt Color Mode will switch to black and white and all other scan settings remain unchanged You tried scanning at an unsupported resolution gt The closest matching value will be used Other Information about DesktopDeliveryPSP Now that you have specified the DesktopDeliveryPSP watch folder watch inte
254. place it on the Clipboard send it as a mail attachment or publish it You can save the same document repeatedly to different destinations different file types with different settings and levels of formatting Using OmniPage you can choose from the following processing methods Automatic Manual Combined or Workflow You can start recognition from other applications using Direct OCR and can also schedule processing to run at a later time Processing methods are detailed in the next chapter and in Help Settings The Options dialog box is the central location for OmniPage settings Access it from the Standard toolbar or the Tools menu Context sensitive help provides information on each setting Chapter 2 Basic Processing Steps 28 How to use OmniPage with PaperPort The PaperPort program is a paper management software product from Nuance It lets you link pages with suitable applications Pages can contain pictures text or both If PaperPort exists on a computer with OmniPage its OCR services become available and amplify the power of PaperPort You can choose an OCR program by right clicking on a text application s PaperPort link selecting Preferences and then selecting OmniPage 17 as the OCR package OCR settings can be specified as with Direct OCR PaperPort provides the easiest way to turn paper into organized digital documents that everybody in an office can quickly find and use PaperPort works with scanners mult
255. plate is selected Click Save and then Close Chapter 3 Zones and backgrounds 54 How to unload a template Select a non template setting in the Layout Description drop down list The template zones are not removed from the current or existing pages but template zones will no longer be used for future processing You can also open the Zone Template Files dialog box select none and click the Set As Current button In this case the layout description setting returns to Automatic How to replace one template with another Select a different template in the Layout Description drop down list or open the Zone Template Files dialog box select the desired template and click the Set As Current button Zones from the new template are applied to the current page replacing any existing zones They are also applied as explained above How to remove a template file Open the Zone Template Files dialog box Select a template and click the Remove button Zones already placed by this template are not removed Template files can be deleted only from the operating system How to include a template file in an OPD Open a document then click Tools and choose Zone Template Select the one you want to include and click Embed Then save the document to the OPD format This means the template will travel with the OPD if it is sent to a new location When the OPD file is opened later the included zone template will be shown in the Zone Template Files di
256. port for legal offices Choose Inspect Document in the Document menu to select items to be removed from a file such as comments bookmarks hidden text embedded indexes or sensitive metadata like the author s name or the file history SharePoint and DMS support The program supports the following Document Management Systems Micorsoft SharePoint Interwoven WorkSite Hummingbird Enterprise Hummingbird DocsOpen and LiveLink See System Requirements in Help The ability to create PDF files from or inside DM Systems is documented at the end the PDF Create section of this guide The ability to unlock PDF or XPS files is similarly documented at the end the PDF Converter section A menu item and a toolbar are added to PDF Professional for each detected DM system allowing you to open PDF files from the DMS save PDF files to DMS access the DMS document properties extract or instert pages to or from the DMS or select a file of any type from the DMS to have it attached to the current PDF document Commands from PDF Professional are also available inside SharePoint Hummingbird Enterprise and Interwoven Worksite 25 Redaction Document text confidentiality is achieved by redaction the blacking out of pieces of text or images Select text or images to be marked for redaction with the Redact tool in the Document menu or the Security toolbar This menu also allows marking for redaction by searching The program finds all occurrences of a given text
257. port to do so e Click Next to start the tests For the Basic scan test insert a test page into your scanner The wizard will scan using your scanner manufacturer s software Click on Next Your scanner s native user interface will appear Click on Scan to begin the sample scan If necessary click on Missing Image or Improper Orientation and make the appropriate selections Once the image appears correctly in the window click on Next e Move through the remaining requested tests following the instructions on the screen When all the requested tests have been completed successfully the Scanner Wizard reports and invites you to click on Finish You have successfully configured your scanner to work with OmniPage 17 Chapter 1 Setting up your scanner with OmniPage 15 To change the scanner settings at a later time or to setup or remove a scanner reopen the Scanner Setup Wizard from the Windows Start menu or from the Scanner panel of the Options dialog box To test and repair an improperly functioning scanner open the wizard and select Test the current scanner or digital camera in the second panel then work through the procedure described above maybe using advice received from Technical Support To specify a different default scanner open the wizard to reach the list of setup scanners Move the highlight to the desired scanner and be sure to close the wizard with Finish To get updated sett
258. position in your application with the formatting level specified in the Output Format panel under Acquire Text Settings Defining the source of page images There are three possible image sources from image files from a digital camera and from a scanner There are two main types of scanners flatbed or sheetfed A scanner may have a built in or added Automatic Document Feeder ADF which makes it easier to scan multi page documents The images from scanned documents can be input directly into OmniPage or may be saved with the scanner s own software to an image file which OmniPage can later open Input from image files You can create image files from your own scanner or receive them by e mail or as fax files OmniPage 17 can open a wide range of image file types Select Load Files in the Get Pages drop down list Files are specified in the Load Files dialog box This appears when you start automatic processing In manual processing click the Get Page Chapter 3 Defining the source of page images 34 button or use the Process menu The lower part of the dialog box provides advanced settings and can be shown or hidden The minimum width or height for an image file is 16 by 16 pixels the maximum is 8400 pixels 71cm or 28 inches at the resolution 201 to 600 dpi See Help for pixel limits You can govern how PDF files are opened under Tools Options Process open with the text layer or as image import tag information to assist
259. ppears when PDF Converter is called from inside a target application Then only a single file can be converted so just the left preview panel and its controls are needed Click a button or use the View menu to change the contents of the left panel No Assistant From starting places where the input file and target are pre defined you can by pass the Assistant altogether and perform a direct conversion using existing settings See Starting the Program from other places 29 Converting with Quick View Choose Quick View in the View menu Then your conversions are an easy 4 step process using current settings for everything else Converter Assistant File Options Convert View Help Wy W G amp G 1 File Open Select one or more PDF XPS files or drag and drop them onto the Quick View window 2 Choose a processing mode Standard Document Legal Spreadsheet or Form 3 Choose a target Microsoft Word Excel PowerPoint Corel WordPerfect or Rich Text F ormat 4 Start the conversion During conversion the buttons are grayed If View Result in the Output Options panel is selected the converted file appears in its target program Turn off the Quick View toggle in the View menu to return to Full view to see the processing summary inspect and change settings or view page previews If you close the program with Quick View active it will reappear when the program is next started 30 Converting with
260. pported file formats are listed here Help provides more detail Solutions to try first Try these solutions if you experience problems starting or using OmniPage e Make sure that your system meets all the listed requirements See the Installation and setup chapter e Make sure that your scanner is plugged in and that all cable connections are secure e Visit the support section of Nuance s web site at www nuance com It contains Tech Notes on commonly reported issues using OmniPage Our web pages may also offer assistance on the installation process and troubleshooting Chapter 7 Technical information 103 Use the software that came with your scanner to verify that the scanner works properly before using it with OmniPage Make sure you have the correct drivers for your scanner printer and video card Visit Nuance s web page through the Help menu and consult its scanner section for more information Defragment your hard disk See Windows online Help for more information Uninstall and reinstall OmniPage as described in the section Uninstalling the software in the Installation and setup chapter Testing OmniPage Restarting Windows XP or Vista in its safe mode allows you to test OmniPage on a simplified system This is recommended when you cannot resolve crashing problems or if OmniPage has stopped running altogether See Windows online Help for more information To test OmniPage in safe mode l Restart you
261. r dynamic verifier E zord OA ON ed current neighbors L whole image line zoom in out Chapter 4 Verifying text 58 To turn the Verifier on click the Verifier tool or press F9 To turn it off click the Verifier tool again press F9 again or press Esc A full list of verifier keyboard shortcuts is available in Help The Character Map z The Character Map is a dockable tool giving you aid in proofing It is used for essentially two purposes to insert characters during proofing and editing that are not or not easily accessible from your keyboard In this respect it is very similar to the system Character Map e to show all characters validated by the current recognition languages To access the Character Map click its button in the Formatting Toolbar or choose Character Map from the View menu and click Show Under the Character Map menu item you can also choose to display recent characters only or different character sets by default only two are displayed Asian characters are not supported You can access the Character Map in other ways such as e Click Tools gt Options and choose the OCR tab Click the Additional Characters button to select characters to be included in proofing Similarly you can modify the Reject Character by using the Character Map e Select Train Character under the Tools menu Click the button beside the Correct field e Select Train Charact
262. r computer in safe mode by pressing F8 immediately after you see the Starting Windows message Launch OmniPage and try performing OCR on an image Use a known image file for instance one of the supplied sample image IfOmniPage does not launch or run properly in safe mode then there may be a problem with the installation Uninstall and reinstall OmniPage and then run it in Windows safe mode Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 104 If OmniPage runs in safe mode then a device driver on your system may be interfering with OmniPage operation Troubleshoot the problem by restarting Windows in Step by Step Confirmation mode See Windows online Help for more information Text does not get recognized properly Try these solutions if any part of the original document is not converted to text properly during OCR Look at the page image and ensure that all text areas are enclosed by text zones If an area is not enclosed by a zone it is generally ignored during OCR See the section on creating and modifying zones in the Processing documents Chapter Make sure text zones are identified correctly Reidentify zone types and contents if necessary and perform OCR on the document again See Zone types and properties in the Processing documents Chapter Be sure you do not have an unsuitable template loaded by mistake If zone borders cut through text recognition is impaired Adjust the brightness and contrast sliders
263. r example you can straighten a scanned page E T lighten an underexposed photograph that is too dark adjust the color in a color picture remove dirt spots from a document page clear shadows and spots from page edges or sharpen fuzzy pictures In addition you can rotate an item remove stray dots enhance lines remove red eye and crop part of an image Some SET Tools are primarily designed for photo or image enhancement while others shaded help you prepare items containing text for Optical Character Recognition OCR In the Image View window the Page ribbon contains the SET tools to modify the current page Some of these tools are also available on the PaperPort desktop for use with all pages in the selected item The availability is shown like this P Image View or ImageViewer Page ribbon to change the current page only PI Also on PaperPort desktop Item ribbon to change all pages in selected item s PM Also in PaperPort desktop shortcut menu to change all pages in selected item s PS Also available in a Scanning Profile to modify all incoming images Scanner Enhancement Technology tools Select Area Use the Select Area tool to select part of an image CR you want to cut copy or delete with commands on P the Page ribbon or shortcut menu Use it to select part of an image for cropping using the Remove Red Eye Erase Inside or Erase Outside tools h Rotate Click the Rotate tool to rotate the selected page ot
264. r for Personalized MFP Scanning functionality After you install the Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 family of software components including DesktopDeliveryPSP you must restart your computer When you do DesktopDeliveryPSP is displayed with an icon in the system tray on the Windows task bar To properly use the product however it has to be configured and enabled after installation and restart The icon has indicator lights at the bottom representing the status of email polling folder watching and Personalized MFP Scanning by means of different colors dark green monitoring light green processing grey inactive red error Right click on the DesktopDeliveryPSP icon in the Windows system tray to display the DesktopDeliveryPSP menu with the following commands a Get Now a Use Defaults a Refresh Defaults a Settings a View Log a About a Close Settings command Before using DesktopDeliveryPSP it has to be configured through the DesktopDeliveryPSP Settings dialog Once you have installed the program it starts up along with your PC and resides in the system tray To configure DesktopDeliveryPSP right click the DesktopDeliveryPSP icon to display its menu Then click the Settings command to display a dialog box of all the DesktopDeliveryPSP controls DesktopDeliveryPSP Settings m Watch Settings F Watch for scanned files in your e mail inbox eee IV Watch Document Repository Folder JC Document
265. r formatting levels the text is placed horizontally Zone types and properties Each zone has a zone type Zones containing text can also have a zone contents setting alphanumeric or numeric The zone type and zone contents together constitute the zone properties Right click in a zone for a shortcut menu allowing you to change the zone s Chapter 3 Zones and backgrounds 49 properties Select multiple zones with Shift clicks to change their properties in one move The Image toolbar provides zone drawing tools one for each type L iR Process zone Use this to draw a process zone to define a page area where auto zoning will run After recognition this zone will e replaced by one or more zones with automatically determined zone types Ignore zone Use this to draw an ignore zone to define a page area you do not want transferred to the Text Editor Text zone Use this to draw a text zone Draw it over a single block of text Zone contents will be treated as flowing text without columns being found Use it for texts using the Latin Greek or Cyrillic alphabets and for horizontal texts in the Asian languages Vertical Asian text zone Use this to draw text zones for vertical text in Japanese or Chinese Zones should be rectangular Vertical left rotated text zone Use this to draw text zones for vertical text that is left rotated non Asian languages only The zones should be rectangular Vertical right rotated te
266. rPort to create profiles e g ColorScan LowResBW containing the scanning parameters image processing and destination format options The profiles are uploaded to the server through the Administration Tool The user will see the ColorScan LowResBW items on the device screen If an item is selected the document is scanned and processed as described in the profile 37 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Customized installation advanced Customized installation is recommended for advanced administrators To install the product this way complete the following steps Important It is an imperative that all prerequisites are already installed before you perform the following steps Extract product files to a specific folder Use the following command line to extract application files to a dedicated folder msiexec exe i PSPServer msi IIS 0 SERVERIPADDRESS 7 2 7 22 INSTALLDIR Installer Command line Parameters Interaction with IIS IIS 0 Extract into a specific folder and do not interact with IIS IIS 1 Extract into a specific folder and interact with IIS to register the virtual folders SERVERIPADDRESS You need to specify the IP address of the computer and a port number INSTALLDIR Destination folder for product files PREREQ_IIS_ Interactive installation may fail with the following error Check if your IIS is INSTALLEDONPORT80 configured to li
267. raction are those with a manual image enhancement step a manual zoning step a proofing editing step the ones when run time prompting is requested for input or output file names and paths or scanning workflows prompting for more pages Batch Manager jobs are closely related to workflows Jobs are created in the Job Wizard which uses the Workflow Assistant in the creation process Jobs run workflows according to the job parameters mostly timing instructions and it is more typical for them to run unattended Chapter 6 Workflows 86 Sample workflows Sample workflows are provided with OmniPage 17 to offer you typical work processes Choose one in the Workflow drop down list at the left side of the OmniPage Toolbox Click the Workflow Assistant button Jin the Standard toolbar to see its steps and settings Running workflows Here is how to run a sample workflow or one you have created 1 If your workflow takes input from scanner place your document in its ADF or its first page on the scanner bed 2 Select the desired workflow from the coos Workflow drop down list v gt My Workflow X 3 Press the Start button The OmniPage Toolbox displays the steps in the workflow and acts as a progress monitor The Workflow Status panel shows progress in more detail To stop the workflow before it completes press the Stop button 4 Ifrun time input selection is specified the Load Files dialog box awaits your choice of files 5 I
268. ram and loads the scanned text into a document ready for editing PaperPort also allows you to copy text from part of an image item for use in a text editing word processing or spreadsheet program The OCR software processes the text and copies it to the Windows Clipboard Open the program in which you want to insert the text and use Paste to paste the text in a file Filling Forms Ey Active PDF forms can be filled using your PDF product Choose the Hand tool and step through the form fields using Tab or arrow keys making choices and entering texts Help and the How to Guides list all the possible form control types FormTyper is a PaperPort program that enables you to fill in static forms such as insurance forms registration cards and medical forms that you scan to the PaperPort desktop You simply drag a form from the PaperPort desktop to the FormTyper program on the Send To bar The form is converted to PDF if necessary and opened in your Nuance PDF product FormTyper automatically analyzes the form recognizes the blank areas in which data can be entered and creates blank fields for the data FormTyper can detect edit boxes and checkmarks Now you can quickly type and tab to each field You can also quickly reposition edit box or checkmark fields insert new fields and remove fields as necessary After you enter data and complete the form save the form to the PaperPort desktop so that you can print or e mail the form in it
269. rate window so you can still view the PaperPort desktop as you edit the chosen item This is specially useful in a dual screen environment You can also choose to open the item in the application associated with the file type Getting to Know PaperPort 13 You can use any flavor of PDF file PDF Image PDF Searchable and PDF Formatted Text and Graphics PDF Normal with PaperPort PDF files by default open in PDF Viewer Plus or if available PDF Converter Professional These Nuance programs are optimized for handling annotating and editing PDF files Go to Options gt Desktop to change this behavior You can open PDF Image or PDF Searchable files in ImageViewer in order to use the SET tools to improve the quality of PDF image only items You can quickly send an item to another program without leaving the PaperPort program Just drag an item onto the link icon in the Send To bar at the bottom of the desktop PaperPort supports a wide variety of programs including word processing spreadsheet fax Internet e mail graphics optical character recognition OCR and online services programs PaperPort includes a My PaperPort Documents folder with a subfolder Samples containing items to demonstrate some of the types of items you can keep on the PaperPort desktop You can also use PaperPort to view non PaperPort items that reside on your computer Simply copy or move the document file or photo into a PaperPort folder The Folders pane ir
270. recognized word is correct click Ignore or Ignore All to move to the next suspect word Click Add to add it to the current user dictionary and move to the next suspect word Chapter 4 Proofreading OCR results 57 4 Ifthe recognized word is not correct modify the word in the Edit panel or select a dictionary suggestion Click Change or Change All to implement the change and move to the next suspect word Click Add to add the changed word to the current user dictionary and move to the next suspect word 5 Color markers are removed from words in the Text Editor as they are proofread You can switch to the Text Editor during proofing to make corrections there Use the Resume button to restart proofing Click Page Ready to skip to the next page and Document Ready or Close to stop proofreading before the end of the document is reached 6 A page is marked with the proofed icon tf on its thumbnail and in the Document Manager if proofing ran to the end of the page Choose Recheck Current Page from the Tools menu to re proof a page Verifying text After performing OCR you can compare any part of the recognized text against the corresponding part of the original image to verify that the text was recognized correctly The verifier tool is in the Formatting toolbar The verifier can OK es also be controlled from the Tools menu Hover the cursor over a verifier display to obtain the verifier toolbar Use it as follows How much context fo
271. reflect this change Managing Multiple Devices When handling several devices it is more convenient to utilize comma separated text files filled with device parameters to carry out the following device management tasks Adding several devices Removing several devices a Installing uninstalling the PPDM application on several devices 298 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Device management tasks are lengthy processes so they are performed asynchronously During such tasks the status icons in the Managed Devices table changes to a progress indicator A comma separated text file for such purposes has to have the following structure Accepted String valid IP address 1 O representing Install and Unin 1 O representing Start and Do not value s of a device stall respectively start respectively Device management task details Adding devices All fields are required and used Devices are added one by one and depending on the value of the Install field PPDM application installation is also done If the Install field s value is 1 i e the PPDM application is installed on the device it is automatically started if the Start field s value is 1 The Start field s value is ignored if the Install field s value is 0 Processing continues with the next row in the file in case of errors for example invalid IP address Sample CSV file content T0140 PTS yp 10 140
272. rent document or mail attachment or web page Go to Control Panel Add Remove programs to later enable or disable these add ins individually Autorun then starts the installers of the software components PaperPort installer offers a Compete or a Custom installation Choose Custom only if you want to add your own folders to the supplied PaperPort Desktop folders during installation Activating PaperPort Most versions of PaperPort 12 and the associated PDF Viewer Plus require activation For activation and deactivation you need web access You will be invited to activate the product at the end of installation Choose from automatic or manual activation The recommended choice is automatic then PaperPort and the PDF Viewer with PDF Create for the Professional product are activated together Provided your serial number is found at its storage location and has been correctly entered no user interaction is required and no personal information is transmitted Manual activation requires interaction and the two programs must be activated separately If you do not activate the product at installation time you will be invited to do this each time you invoke the program PaperPort 12 and the PDF Viewer can be launched only five times without activation Activating PaperPort 12 on a computer without an established Internet connection If you install PaperPort 12 on a computer on without an Internet connection when you launch PaperPort the activation wizard w
273. rightness and contrast Good brightness and contrast settings play an important role in OCR accuracy Set these in the Scanner panel of the Options dialog box or in your scanner s interface After loading an image check its appearance If characters are thick and touching lighten the brightness If characters are thin and broken darken it Then rescan Chapter 3 Defining the source of page images 38 the page If your scanning results are still not satisfactory open the scanned image in the Image Enhancement window to edit it using a range of different tools Scanning with an ADF The best way to scan multi page documents is with an Automatic Document Feeder ADF Simply load pages in the correct order into the ADF You can scan double sided documents with an ADF A duplex scanner will manage this automatically Scanning without an ADF Using OmniPage s scanner interface you can scan multi page documents efficiently from a flatbed scanner even without an ADF Select Automatically scan pages in the Scanner panel of the Options dialog box and define a pause value in seconds Then the scanner will make scanning passes automatically pausing between each scan by the defined number of seconds giving you time to place the next page Scanning to OmniPage and workflows Go to Tools Options Scanners to choose an action to be performed when a button on your local scanner is pushed This can be simple scanning resulting in images lo
274. rofile and creating on it then change searchable PDF files settings and save it with OK For information on making tagged or searchable PDF files and the benefits of applying MRC compression see Help Click OK to have the selected profile applied with the settings you specified Then press the Create button in the Assistant The Print Info dialog box appears listing the input and output files and showing the conversion status Double click any PDF name to view the created PDF 12 Create PDFs from Windows Explorer Right click on a single file The shortcut menu includes Create PDF from file Profile name 1 Query file name Profile name 2 etc Edit Choose a profile from the first item s sub menu The current settings for that profile will be used for the PDF creation Click Edit to modify profile settings or create a new one before PDF creation The second item shows the current saving instruction Click on it to set a different instruction If you select a group of files and right click the shortcut menu includes Create PDF from file a Standard Quality Combine files as one PDF gt Draft Quality Overlay files as one POF gt Company Confidential Package files as one POF gt Publishing Quality G Query file name PDF with MRC Compression Searchable PDF Tagged PDF Edit Choose the first option and then a profile to create one PDF from each selected file To generate a s
275. roperties to PaperPort Image and PDF files and Item properties The All in One search finds words in this document information for one or more PDF files You can search through document information only through text content only or both with different search strings for each search type Indexing via the Index Manager makes full text searches much faster Saving PDF files to other file types You can save PDF files to a range of image file types and to XPS files See Help About saving timage items A multi page PDF results in a single file when a multi page file type is selected otherwise each PDF page becomes a separate file Adding PDF files to Windows Desktop Search Go to Desktop gt Options gt Advanced to enable or disable PaperPort as the agent for handling PDF files in Windows Desktop Search For more information see Help About PDF files and About creating PDF files PaperPort Getting Started Guide 46 Creating PDF Documents Create PDF Image files from other applications In Desktop gt Options gt Items check that PDF and not MAX is selected as the target file type choose between PDF Image ans PDF Searchable Then open a source file in a suitable application and choose Print typically from the File menu Choose PaperPort Image Printer and make print settings e g black and white versus color conversion See the Help topic About the PaperPort print driver and Printing to PDF from other applications Create PDF Searcha
276. rrange program icons Refer to the PaperPort Help for details Sending Items to Other Programs 4 Adjust Send To options You can tune Send To options to specify how you want to use a certain program on the Send To bar For example you can specify the file format in which PaperPort will save an item If you have the professional version of OmniPage 14 or above on your system use the Send To options for the OmniPage Workflows link to choose a workflow To e mail an item simply drag and drop the item to your e mail program on the Send To bar Use the e mail link options to specify the file format of the attachments and other options PaperPort Getting Started Guide 42 Converting Items Using PaperPort you can convert scanned documents and text items to image formats and convert images back to text Convert items to image formats You can convert scanned documents and text items to image formats The Save As command allows you to save image items to any of a variety of standard image formats including PDF JPEG and TIFF as well as the native PaperPort Image format max You can convert text items and image items to PaperPort Image items max using the Duplicate as PaperPort Image command The Duplicate as PDF Item command allows you to convert text items to PDF Image items In PaperPort Professional 12 you can also convert text items such as Word documents to PDF Formatted Text amp Graphics format using
277. rrupted so that they can no longer be opened In these cases PaperPort may not be able to generate a desktop thumbnail and this may prevent PaperPort from launching properly A new utility program CheckPPFolders exe is supplied in the PaperPort program folder along with a short Help file Run this program to identify and remove any corrupt files so that PaperPort will work properly PaperPort Getting Started Guide 10 The following advanced features are available only in PaperPort Professional 12 PROFESSIONAL Folder Management You can now automatically create multiple folders by importing a list of folder names from a text file This option is available when you right click on any folder See the Help topic About PaperPort folders for the required syntax New features in PDF Viewer Plus and PDF Create Assistant You can create industry standard text based PDF documents from any application directly with a right click through the Windows or PaperPort Desktops up to PDF version 1 7 using the PDF Create Assistant or by printing directly from any application with the printer driver called ScanSoft PDF Create Additionally you can create PDF packages batch create PDF files and much more using the PDF Create Assistant A table in the Help topic About creating PDF files sammatizes which starting places inputs options and targets are available Support for SharePoint PaperPort Professional 12 is able to communicate with the Micro
278. rt the Assign to Computers method only If you assign the program to a computer it is installed when the computer starts and it is available to all users who log on to the computer To automatically assign the administrative images of the software components of PPDMv2 to client computers using Group Policy see the following Microsoft Knowledge Base article 816102 HOW TO Use Group Policy to Remotely Install Software in Windows Server 2003 and in Windows Server 2008 Distributing administrative images The Command Line and msiexec You can install the administrative images of the software components of PPDMv2 to client computers using command line and Microsoft Installer MSI commands If the installer of any software component supports more than one UI languages and a non English installation is needed one of the language transform files must also be specified in the command line presented as lt LANGID mst gt here For example to specify a German installation use the following transforms tag TRANSFORMS 1031 mst Note For more information on the TRANSFORMS parameter see here For more information on the ALLUSERS parameter see here The admin mst transform file is required for the command lines of the PPDM Desktop Module 12 PPDM OCR Module 17 and PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 a Toinstall PPDM Desktop Module 12 use the following command line MSIEXEC i PPDM Desktop Module 12 msi TRANSFORMS admin mst lt LANGID mst
279. rters allow you to export to two or more file types in one export step Choose Multiple in the saving dialog box C Text C Image Multiple To make your own multiple converter open the Saving Preferences dialog box from the Tools menu Choose the heading Multiple converters Select a converter and click Create from This will make a copy of the selected converter that you can freely modify without overwriting the original one The new converter appears in the list Select it and click Options to specify its settings You receive a list of all text converters Chapter 5 Saving recognition results 79 followed by all image converters Checkmark the desired ones Optionally specify sub folder paths for each file type You can save pages with different formatting levels or file options to the different file types as defined in their simple converters A few saving operations cannot be done with multiple converters These are Saving OmniPage Documents Use a workflow with two saving steps or perform two separate saves Saving to two targets For instance you cannot use a multiple converter to save a document to file and also send it in mail Use a workflow with two saving steps or perform two separate saves Saving different page ranges You cannot save different page ranges to different file types because only one set of selected pages can exist at saving time For the same reason a single workflow cannot be used either P
280. rval monitored inbox and PPDM Desktop Module behavior and Personalized Scanning Server here is some other information about DesktopDeliveryPSP a User specific watch folder Only one user and one application is able to watch a specific folder at any time Supported client operating systems Microsoft Windows XP SP3 Vista 32 and 64 bit versions Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit versions Supported email clients Microsoft Outlook 2003 2007 and 2010 Lotus Notes 7 x and 8 x Supported image file formats DesktopDeliveryPSP supports the following file formats e JPEG e PDF e TIFF 15 Customized Install You can define DesktopDeliveryPSP program defaults during installation To install DesktopDeliveryPSP with customized defaults install only OCR Module Desktop Module and PDF Converter Module with the Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 installer Uncheck the installation of the DesktopDeliveryPSP component then browse to the PPDM DesktopDeliveryPSP 10folder on the CD and launch setup exe from the command line with the desired parameters Configuration options and the corresponding parameters are as follows User interface language specify the DesktopDeliveryPSP user interface language with the 1 parameter 1033 English Note You can only select languages supported by your installation Default watched folder specify the default watched folder Parameter WATCHFOLDER lt path to the folder name gt
281. rver instead The files to be modified are lt installdir gt admin Web Config lt installdir gt UI RXOP ppdm zip ppdm dalp To update the PPDM DALP file 45 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide oa FON a N Step into the installation folder c Program Files PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 by default Step into the ur RxopP sub folder within the install folder Extract the content of PPDM zip into a temporary folder Open the extracted PPpM DALP file in a text editor Locate the lt application desc gt element Locate the first lt argument gt within the lt application desc gt element Update the URL with the server s IP address Save the PPpM DALP file Compress the content of the temporary folder and save it as PPDM zip into the UI Rxop sub folder of the installation folder overwriting the original PPDM zip file It is a good practice to create a backup copy of PPDM zip before overwriting it with the modified content Re install the PPDM application to the device using the Administration Tool 46 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Troubleshooting tips JAVA path configuration The installation of the PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 application onto the device requires Java Runtime Environment JRE version 1 5 or later being installed and the corresponding Java exe being accessible for the Administration Tool If these preconditions are not met the PPD
282. s Install prerequisites as instructed in the documentation of the individual components Notes Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition is not supported because Microsoft Internet Information Services is not a part of this operating system a If IIS is installed after the NET 2 0 Framework installation the framework registration into IIS might not be performed correctly See the troubleshooting tips on how to fix this problem a We recommend checking that IIS is installed and working properly before starting the customized installation of PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 For interactive installation IIS is a prerequisite PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Pre Installation Device Configuration We recommend that you use a static IP address for the device Descriptions in this guide are based on such a scenario Before installing and using PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 you need to make sure that Embedded Software Architecture ESA also known as Java Platform are installed on the device This is included in the firmware of some Ricoh devices no separate installation is required Other devices do require the installation of Embedded Software Architecture For details consult your device documentation For more detailed instructions check the Embedded Software Architecture Installation Manual Ricoh SDK J 2 xx devices which do not conform to SDK J version 2 09 or later will require an SD card upgrade to support re
283. s gt User Dictionary select the user dictionary you want to use click Embed and name it Then save to the file type OmniPage Document Chapter 4 User dictionaries 60 Languages The program can read over 120 languages with multiple alphabets Latin Greek Cyrillic Chinese Japanese and Korean See the full language list in the OCR panel of the Options dialog box It shows which languages have dictionary support A listing is also provided on the Nuance web site In addition to user dictionaries specialized dictionaries are available for certain professions currently medical legal and financial for some languages See the list and make selections in the OCR panel of the Options dialog box Asian language recognition Four languages with Asian alphabets are supported Japanese Korean Traditional Chinese and Simplified Chinese The ideal font size for body text is 12 points scanned at 300 dpi resulting in characters with around 48 x 48 pixels Minimum is 30 x 30 that is 10 5 points at 300 dpi For smaller characters 400 dpi should be used Asian texts can be horizontal left to right or vertical top to bottom right to left Operating systems supported by OmniPage 17 can handle Asian languages but if East Asian language support was not selected during system install it must be added from Control Panel Regional and Language Settings Languages Supplemental language support Install files for East Asian languages You
284. s and Settings Browse Transfer documents to My Documents My PaperPort Documents Samples Browse Personalized MFP Scanning Settings al N Use the following server for Personalized MFP Scanning frec1233 Server Personalized MFP Scanning Wizard Interval for Checking 30 seconds v Get Now m When documents are retrieved Run PaperPort in a Window C Run PaperPort Minimized Use Defaults C Don t Run PaperPort About E mail Polling This feature of DesktopDeliveryPSP lets you monitor your Microsoft Outlook or Lotus Notes inbox for new messages with attached PDF or TIFF files Disable the feature if you do not want to monitor your email Use the following controls to configure email polling of DesktopDeliveryPSP Watch for scanned files in your email inbox Click this checkbox to enable email polling Options button Click the Options button to change your current email polling configuration If you have both Microsoft Outlook and Lotus Notes installed on your system the following dialog box is displayed enabling you to choose between the two mail clients Click OK to confirm your choice or Cancel to close the dialog Select Mail Client Email client to watch Microsoft Outlook Microsoft Outlook Lotus Notes Cancel In case of Microsoft Outlook the Choose Profile dialog box displays enabling you to choose the Microsoft Outlook profile whose inbox you
285. s and neither Licensee nor its agents shall have any authority to bind Nuance in any way If any dispute arises under this Agreement the prevailing party shall be reimbursed by the other party for any and all legal fees and costs associated therewith The headings to the sections of this Agreement are used for convenience only and shall have no substantive meaning Nuance may use Licensee s name in any customer reference list or in any press release issued by Nuance regarding the licensing of the Software LICENSEE OUTSIDE THE U S If Licensee is located outside the U S then the provisions of this Section shall apply a Les parties aux pr sent s confirment leur volont que cette convention de m me que tous les documents y compris tout avis qui s y rattach soient redig s en langue anglaise Translation The parties confirm that this Agreement and all related documentation is and will be in the English language b Licensee is responsible for complying with any local laws in its jurisdiction which might affect its right to import export or use the Software and Licensee represents that it has complied with any regulations or registration procedures required by applicable law to make this license enforceable COUNTRY UNIQUE TERMS For licenses granted outside of the United States or Canada the following terms are in addition to or replace or modify the referenced terms above All terms above that are not changed by these am
286. s can increase file size considerably but makes the OPD Chapter 2 Using OmniPage 20 more portable To embed a file open the relevant dialog box from the Tools menu select the desired file and click Embed Use the Extract button to get a local copy of an embedded file inside an OPD you have received When you open an OmniPage Document its settings are applied replacing those existing in the program The OmniPage Desktop and Views OmniPage comes with three different views to suit your task e Classic View This view has a similar look and feel to previous versions of OmniPage e Flexible View This view provides an alternate layout of the OmniPage function panels stacked in a tabbed view to give each panel more space Quick Convert View This view is designed for quick and easy document conversion without having to learn a lot The most important conversion options are clearly visible on one screen Use the Window menu to switch between views and to save your own custom view see later On starting a new session you receive the view and screen arrangement that was in force when the program was last closed Program Panels OmniPage has seven panels that can be docked tabbed or tiled floated resized minimized and restored separately Thumbnails Page Image Text Editor Document Manager Easy Loader Workflow Status and Help To float a panel double click its title bar or tab To restore the floating panel to its pr
287. s capable of handling these True Page formatting is the only choice for XML export and for all PDF export except to the file type PDF Edited Spreadsheet This exports recognition results in tabular form suitable for use in spreadsheet applications This places each document page onto a separate worksheet Saving recognition results 78 When exporting to Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet is good for saving whole page tables Prefer Formatted Text if your document contains smaller tables each table will be placed on a separate worksheet with non table parts placed in an index worksheet with hyperlinks to each relevant worksheet Selecting converter options Click the Options button in a saving dialog box to have precise control over the export This brings up a dialog box with the name of the converter associated with the current file type It presents a series of options tailored to this file type First confirm or change the formatting level because this influences which other options are presented Select options as desired Help details how to do this To make changes apply to all future export done with the given converter select the checkmark Make changes permanent If this is not selected changes are applied to the current export only and are not saved for future use Export settings can be changed and saved without a document save choose Tools Saving Preferences Using multiple converters Multiple conve
288. s entirety with its completed data PaperPort Getting Started Guide 44 If you have a pre printed form choose Form Fields Only in the Print dialog box to print your responses directly onto the form PDF File Support PDF Flavors PDF Portable Document Format files are often classified into eam three different types commonly called flavors PDF Image PDF Searchable Image e PDF Formatted Text amp Graphics PDF Normal Opening PDF files PaperPort can open and display PDF files of all three flavors PDF files by default open in PDF Viewer Plus or if available in PDF Converter Professional They can be opened as PDF Image in ImageViewer Protected files can be accessed by giving the correct password Security limitations are respected and can be changed if you can provide the Permissions password PDF page operations In PaperPort you can insert or append pages from one PDF file to another and also stack a set of PDF files into a single one With pages of different flavors the program determines a single flavor for the resulting file You can unstack one or all pages from a multi page PDF file to get one PDF pet page Combining items into a PDF file You can combine a wide range of image items into a single target PDE All combined items remain in their original locations and file types In PaperPort Professional text items can also be combined Annotating PDF files You can add notes highlights and graphic items like arrow
289. s error messages if one of the installation prerequisites is missing or if a virtual folder named PPDM already exists in Microsoft Internet Information Service setup List of errors AdminUser Product installation requires administrator Login as an administrator to install the privileges application Not Version9X The application does not support Windows Install the application on a supported operating 9 x and Windows 2000 OS versions system with the latest service pack see below PREREQ DOTNET20_ Microsoft NET Framework Version 2 0 _ Install this prerequisite INSTALLED 1 Redistributable Package is not installed 49 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide PREREQ_IIS_INSTAL Installation checks if IIS is configured to To disable the check use this command line LEDONPORTS80 1 or listen at port 80 parameter PREREQ IIS INSTALLEDONPORTS80 PREREQ_IIS_INSTAL LEDONPORTS80 2 VersionNT lt gt 501 or Service Pack 3 is not installed on Windows Install Service Pack 3 for Windows XP ServicePackLevel gt 3 XP VersionNT lt gt 502 or Service Pack 2 is not installed on Windows Install Service Pack 2 for Windows 2003 Server ServicePackLevel gt 2 2003 Server VersionNT lt gt 600 or Service Pack 2 is not installed on Windows Install Service Pack 2 for Windows 2008 Server ServicePackLevel gt 2 2008 Server JavaVersionInstalled gt Java Runtime Environment 1 5 is not Insta
290. s over an internal network provided that you acquire and dedicate a separate license for each separate computer on which the Software is installed run or otherwise accessed from the storage device A single license for the Software does not allow you to share the Software or use it concurrently on different computers or for others other than the Licensee to access install download copy or otherwise use the functionality of the Software MULTIPLE LICENSE PACK If Licensee has purchased a Multiple License Pack Licensee may make additional copies of the Software not to exceed the number of licenses purchased Licensee may use each copy solely in the manner specified in this Agreement ACTIVATION According to its discretion Nuance may include features in the Software to prevent unlicensed use of the Software You agree that Nuance may do so In particular use of the Software may require that Licensee activate the Software through the Internet this process may be more fully described during the installation set up of the Software During such activation Nuance may collect certain non personal technical information from your computer concerning your computer or network You agree that Nuance may do so You may be required to reactivate the Software if you modify your computer hardware or the Software NOTIFICATIONS According to Nuance s discretion the Software may contain a component that will automatically activate your Internet browser
291. s publication AS IS without warranty of any kind either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose Some states or jurisdictions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you Nuance reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation of Nuance to notify any person of such revision or changes TRADEMARKS AND CREDITS Nuance the Nuance logo All in One Search DesktopDelivery Form Typer OmniPage PaperPort Productivity Without Boundaries ScanDirect ScanSoft and SET are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications Inc or its affiliates in the United States and or other countries Microsoft Excel MSN Outlook PowerPoint and Windows are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Intel and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries Adobe Acrobat and Photoshop are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Google is a trademark of Google Inc WordPerfect is a trademark or registered trademark of Corel Corporation and or its subsidiaries in Canada the United
292. s running at the required time 2 The folder is being monitored and the workflow will be started as soon as a barcode cover page is placed in the specified watched folder 3 The workflow will process image files arriving in the folder after the cover page Chapter 6 Barcode processing 100 4 The workflow will be completed at the specified end time of the job or each time a new barcode cover page is detected You can copy the barcode cover page image and the image files into the watched barcode folder yourself or direct others to do this You can also place just a barcode cover page image file in the watched folder then have a network scanner make and send image files there File it Assistant The File it Assistant lets you create scanning workflows for repeated document conversion tasks The Assistant is for scanning jobs that require no user interaction during the processing In a typical scenario operators at a scanning station prepare documents applying the appropriate barcode cover page to each without needing to know anything about the later processing or destination of the documents because all that is pre determined Associate a button on your scanner with OmniPage see Chapter 3 under Scanning and print a barcode cover page to identify your workflow As a result you can scan convert and save without interaction beyond pressing the scanner button Create the workflow 1 Select File it Assistant from the Tools menu
293. s to PDF pages of any flavor as annotations These do not become part of the real PDF page but exist on a separate layers so they can be viewed moved changed or deleted in PaperPort or other PDF viewing and editing programs Annotation can be done in ImageViewer or your PDF product PDF File Support 45 Modifying PDF files Use SET tools to improve the appearance of PDF pages or prepare them for more successful text recognition OCR See page 26 and the Help topic About enhancing pages and images To modify the real text content in a PDF file or change its color or attributes you need a PDF editor such as Nuance PDF Converter Professional Extracting text from PDF files The Copy Text command finds text in PDF files and places it onto the Clipboard as plain text running OCR if necessary The command View Text does the same but displays the text in a PaperPort window You can choose to have these texts stored or not if not it is regenerated each time the command is used Send PDF files to word processor programs on the Send To bar This delivers editable text with a defined level of formatting using OCR if necessary See the Help topics To convert scanned documents to text and Output options for the target program Adding document information to PDF files for searching You can define an item name author subject and keywords to a PDF file and also assign page names to each page to help in searching See the Help topic Assigning p
294. s with manual processing draw zones on some or all of them and then send all pages to automatic processing by pressing the Start button and choosing to process existing pages Workflow Soe A workflow consists of a series of steps and their settings Typically it will include a recognition step o9 My Workflow al l but it does not have to It does not have to conform to the 1 2 3 pattern of traditional processing Workflows are listed in the Workflow drop down list sample workflows plus any you create Workflows allow you to handle recurring tasks more efficiently because all the steps and their settings are pre defined You can choose to place the OmniPage Agent icon on your taskbar Chapter 3 Processing methods 31 Its shortcut menu lists your workflows Click a workflow to launch OmniPage and have it run Let the Workflow Assistant guide you in creating new workflows It provides a choice of steps and the settings they need Click Next after each step to add another one You can use the Assistant just to get more guidance when doing automatic processing See Workflow Assistant in Chapter 4 page 89 At a later time You can schedule OCR jobs or other processing jobs in OmniPage Batch Manager to be performed automatically at a later time when you may not even be present at your computer This is done through the Batch Manager It does not matter if your computer is turned off after the job is set up so long as it
295. scenarios use IP addresses when Installing the server Accessing the Administration Tool Setting the repository parameters in the Administration Tool Specifying the Server in DesktopDeliveryPSP Configuring IIS on Windows 2008 Server 2003 Server is similar The following describes how to configure IIS on Windows 2008 Server For 2003 Server see Microsoft s web site 1 Click Start gt Server Manager Under the Server Manager root node click Role Under Roles Summary click Add Role In the Add Roles Wizard choose the Select Server Roles page Click Web Server IIS and accept all required features Click Next twice NO a fF WD On the Select Role Services page click ASP NET under Application Development and accept all required role services oo On the same page select Windows Authentication under Security 9 Select IIS 6 Metabase Compatibility under IIS 6 Management Compatibility 10 Click Next PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide 11 12 Click Install When the installation completes click Close to close the Wizard On Windows Server 2008 64 bit systems the default option should be used for 32 bit enablement To do this perform the following steps 1 ak V N Choose Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Internet Information Services IIS Manager from the Start Menu Select the default application pool usually lt COMPUTER gt Application Pools DefaultAppPoo
296. se either the converted document or the original file The program warns you of this Nuance PDF Converter The Nuance PDF Converter has successfully converted your PDF file into Microsoft Word format Please use Save As rather than Save to avoid overwriting the original POF file WordPerfect Use the Open PDF XPS item in the File menu of WordPerfect Select a single PDF file and click Open View pages in the PDF Converter Assistant in Left view Set a page range if desired Select a mode standard or legal document and its settings Set output settings Click the Convert All button The resulting file is displayed in WordPerfect ready for editing Microsoft Excel Use the Open PDF XPS button ina Microsoft Excel toolbar or the Open PDF XPS item in the File menu For Excel 2007 or 2010 see above under Word 2007 Select a PDF or XPS file and click Open View the PDF in the PDF Converter Assistant left view Set a page range if desired Click the Spreadsheet button the only possible mode to set conversion options including one worksheet per table or per page Set output settings Click the Convert All button The resulting file is displayed in Microsoft Excel ready for editing Microsoft PowerPoint 2007 or 2010 Use the Open PDF XPS button in the Nuance ribbon Select a single PDF or XPS file with content suitable for a slide presentation and click Open Select settings and a page range if desired Click the Convert Al
297. set of values is stored for use with all saving Create Word or Excel 2007 output files by selecting the checkbox Generate Office 2007 output in the appropriate output panel PowerPoint output is always for Office 2007 a downloadable plug in from Microsoft extends this to Office 2003 See Help Next we summarize the choices unique to each mode Standard Document conversions Choose how the layout should be maintained True Page places all elements in text boxes or frames e Flowing Column uses text boxes and frames only when necessary allowing body text to flow from one column to another Legal conversions Choose to retain or drop legal specific features 37 Pleading numbers these typically appear in left margins to define line numbers e Images these are typically stamps seals signatures or company logos Spreadsheet conversions This mode can be used for PDF files containing partly or mainly tables Choose what should be placed in each Excel Worksheet e Per Page Each page from the PDF will enter a separate worksheet This will happen even if page content is not tabular you can specify a page range to exclude unneeded pages e Per Table Each detected table is converted and placed in a separate worksheet All content not detected as a table is placed in a separate worksheet at the end The detected tables do not appear here but are replaced by hyperlinks leading to the relevant worksheet table e
298. sing Images 43 The following tools are accessible on the toolbar their usage is detailed as follows P affects Primary image only O affects OCR image only PO can be applied to either the Primary or OCR image or both P O a single action is applied to both the Primary and OCR image P O affects both images WH applies to whole images only AR can be applied to selected image areas kk Pointer F5 the Pointer is a neutral tool carrying out different operations under different circumstances for example to pick a color for the Fill operation or to catch the deskew line PO Zoom F6 click the tool then use the left mouse button to zoom in on your image or the right mouse button to zoom out You can also use the mouse wheel for zooming in and out even in the inactive view In the active view the and buttons serve the same purpose P O WH iy Select Area F7 click this then on a tool that can work ona page area marked AR and draw your selection on the image Image enhancement tools by default work on the whole page Selection has three modes in the View menu Normal Additive and Subtractive PO AR ge Primary OCR Image click this tool to switch between the 5 oes ce primary and the OCR image in the active view Primary images can be of any image mode while an OCR image is its black and white version generated purely for OCR purposes P O WH Chapter 3 Preprocessing Images 44 Syn
299. soft SharePoint Services 2003 SharePoint Portal 2003 SharePoint Services 2007 and SharePoint Server 2007 document management systems get files from there process them as desired and then save the results by sending the output files back through the Send To bar ScanDirect supports scanning to PDF with the results directed to SharePoint PaperPort is also supplied in Special Editions to selected scanner manufacturers and other resellers The feature set in these editions may vary in line with each vendor s requirements PaperPort Getting Started Guide 11 Getting to Know PaperPort This section introduces you to the different parts of PaperPort Refer to the PaperPort Help for detailed information about all these topics The PaperPort desktop The PaperPort desktop appears with the Folders pane when you first start the program It displays the documents in the chosen folder as thumbnails and provides tools to manage them PaperPort offers all the tools necessary to organize find and use documents and images Choose Options from the Desktop ribbon and go to the Desktop panel to choose a color scheme for the desktop and its elements Ribbons with command buttons b zase O gt HSE a bOO Ss T o TEME _ ar _ Desktop showing item thumbnails peeve oe hy j Function Pane showing folders Access to other pages in this multi page item S c The Functi
300. sten at port 80 To install the application without this check refers to the Server Administrator s Guide Installation will now abort Use this command line parameter to disable the check REMOVESETTINGS By using this parameter you can keep your setting files when uninstalling or remov ing the product If SERVERIPADDRESS is specified the appropriate files will be replaced with the ones containing the specified IP address Otherwise you have to modify some files manually after installation these are listed in the next section If you do not specify a server IP address and port number the name of your computer will be used by default When PREREQ IIS _INSTALLEDONPORT80 2 is specified the IIS settings are not examined and the Check if your IIS is configured to listen at port 80 To install the application without this check refer to the Server Administrator s Guide Installation will now abort error message is suppressed It is also a good practice to turn on installer logging and to check the log file after installation We suggest consulting the Windows Installer documentation on the 1vx lt log file gt command line parameter and its usage Set up Web Services in IIS web site The following is applicable for IIS 5 1 or 6 0 1 Create a base virtual directory 38 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Click the Windows Start menu then choose Control Panel gt A
301. steps at any given to your workflow the current step here workflow position X Click the Close button to delete a workflow step All subsequent dependent steps will also be removed To change a step click this arrow and select from the ones in the drop down list Chapter 6 Workflow Assistant 89 At any moment in the process the Assistant drop down menu offers all steps that are logically possible at that point In OmniPage 17 Professional additional steps are available Extract Form Data and Mark Text Creating workflows Select New Workflow in the Workflow drop down list or from the Process menu Or click the Workflow Assistant button in the Standard toolbar when no workflow is selected The opening Assistant panel offers two starting points Choose Fresh Start to begin with no steps in the workflow diagram on the right Accept or change the default workflow name Then click Next and choose your first step Choose an image loading step that can take input from file scanner or digital camera files Specify settings on the right Then move on to build your workflow it can include a variety of different steps When done click Finish Choose Existing Workflows to see a list of existing workflows These are the sample workflows plus any you have created Select one as source Its steps will appear in the workflow diagram on the right Enter a name for your new workflow Click Next to proceed modify its steps and settin
302. stinct sections in your form Rectangle Click this tool to create rectangles in your form for design purposes E Graphic Use this tool to select areas of your form that are to be treated as graphics J ia Fill text Click this tool to create fillable text fields These are fields where you want people to enter text Comb Use this tool to create a text field consisting of boxes This is typically used for information such as ZIP codes Checkbox Click this tool and draw Checkboxes typically for Yes No questions and marking one or more choices E K Circle text Its function is similar to the Checkbox element above the Circle text tool creates elements that get encircled when selected o Chapter 4 Creating and editing forms 72 M Table This tool creates tables in your form You can also create form elements by right clicking an existing form element in your recognized form and choose the Insert Form Object menu item The Form Arrangement Toolbar The tools on this toolbar can be used to line up form elements or to set which one is on top of the others when they overlap This latter function is useful for example if you want to create a background graphic design for your form T amp To set the order of overlapping elements use the Bring to Front and Send to Back buttons To align the right left top bottom edges or the centers of the selected form elements e a i i i I S horizontally
303. string in the document letting you review them and choose which will be marked for redaction Use the Apply redaction menu item or button to have all marked items whether resulting from searches or selection blacked out permanently When a redacted document is saved the program always offers Save As because you should save the redacted file to a new name The original file remains with the redacted items marked but still readable Warnings e Be aware that once a file is saved with redacted items there is no way of restoring the removed content it can neither be viewed nor found by searching Iftext to be redacted contains typing errors maybe some sensitive data will not be removed by searching We suggest that you always check a search redacted document manually before releasing it 26 Export PDF Files Starting the Program To make the services of PDF Converter easy to call on it can be started from several locations as described in the following overview table and procedures Location Source PDF XPS ISIE Target method PDF Professional File l Converter Assistantor Save As menu or Current PDF in PDF f Direct Conversion with User defined button or Tools Launch Professional chosen mod and triet PDF Converter 9 Windows StartMenu Local or DMS files Converter Assistan User defined Microsoft Word Open PDF XPS One local file Converter Assistan Microsoft Word button
304. sults Some tools affect the Primary image others the OCR image Be sure you know which image you are editing Good brightness and contrast settings play an important role in OCR accuracy Set these in the Scanner panel of the Options dialog box or in your scanner s interface The diagram illustrates an optimum brightness setting After loading an image check its Chapter 3 Preprocessing Images 42 appearance If characters are thick and touching lighten the brightness If characters are thin and broken darken it Use the OCR Brightness tool to optimize the image extensive research extensive research extensive research tolerable extensive research extensive research extensive research ses extensive research extensive research extensive research Tolerable extensive Unsuitable extensive research Image Enhancement Tools Unsuitable Good Good The Image Enhancement tools can also be used to edit images to save and use them as image files Note that some these tools work on the Primary image others on the one used for OCR OCR image Click the Primary OCR Image button in the Image Enhancement window to see the current state of either image The Image Enhancement window has two panels The left panel shows the starting image Your changes are shown in the right preview panel When you click Accept the right image is moved to the left panel to become the new starting image for further enhancement Chapter 3 Preproces
305. t is defined at export time in the saving dialog box Save to File Copy to Clipboard Send in Mail or other dialog box Three of the levels correspond to the format views of the same name in the Text Editor However the level to be applied for saving is independent of the formatting view displayed in the Text Editor When exporting to file or mail first specify a file type This determines which formatting levels are available Chapter 5 Saving recognition results 77 The formatting levels are en Pii m Chapter 5 Plain Text This exports plain decolumnized left aligned text in a single font and font size When exporting to Text or Unicode file types graphics and tables are not supported You can export plain text to nearly all file types and target applications in these cases graphics tables and bullets can be retained Formatted Text This exports decolumnized text with font and paragraph styling along with graphics and tables This is available for nearly all file types Flowing Page This keeps the original layout of the pages including columns This is done wherever possible with column and indent settings not with text boxes or frames Text will then flow from one column to the other which does not happen when text boxes are used True Page This keeps the original layout of the pages including columns This is done with text picture and table boxes and frames This is offered only for target application
306. t registration form This opens the form as an HTML page with some items already filled Please fill in the remaining items then print it You can print it to a physical printer and send the form to Nuance by fax or by regular email Uninstalling PaperPort For a full uninstallation the three PaperPort components should be removed one after the other in any order The components are e PaperPort 12 e PDF Viewer Plus e PaperPort Image Printer Removing only the Image Printer and or the PDF Viewer will cause PaperPort to function incorrectly To uninstall PaperPort from your computer 1 Select Add Remove Programs from the Control Panel 2 Select Nuance PaperPort 12 3 Click Remove to uninstall the program 4 Repeat this for the remaining 2 components 5 A computer re start might be needed to complete the removal A de activation step is performed at the start of un installation allowing you to reinstall the program later without re activation problems De activation and re activation require web access Failed uninstallation Should the uninstallation of PaperPort 12 or PDF Viewer Plus fail for any reason you can clean up your system from all references to these products by using our Remover exe application This application can be found on the PaperPort product CD ROM in the folder PaperPort Utility for PaperPort 12 or in the PDFViewer Utility folder for PDF Viewer Plus After running this utility reboot the machine and t
307. talled You must setup your scanner again with OmniPage if you reinstall the program All RealSpeak modules that were installed with the program will also be uninstalled With OmniPage 17 Professional Nuance PDF Create 5 and PaperPort must be uninstalled separately Chapter 1 Uninstalling the software 19 Using OmniPage OmniPage 17 uses optical character recognition OCR technology to transform text from scanned pages or image files into editable text for use in your favorite computer applications In addition to text recognition OmniPage can retain the following elements and attributes of a document through the OCR process Graphics photos logos Form elements checkboxes radio buttons text fields Text formatting character and paragraph Page formatting column structures table formats headings placing of graphics Documents in OmniPage A document in OmniPage consists of one image for each document page After you perform OCR the document will also contain recognized text displayed in the Text Editor possibly along with graphics tables and form elements OmniPage Documents An OmniPage Document opd contains the original page a 7 r ley images optionally pre processed with any zones placed on them After recognition the OPD also contains the recognition results An OmniPage Document can contain an embedded user dictionary training file zone template file or an image enhancement template file Thi
308. tates or jurisdictions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you Nuance reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation of Nuance to notify any person of such revision or changes TRADEMARKS AND CREDITS Nuance ScanSoft OmniPage PaperPort True Page Direct OCR Logical Form Recognition RealSpeak are registered trademarks or trademarks of Nuance Communications Inc in the United States of America and or other countries All other company names or product names referenced herein may be the trademarks of their respective holders THIRD PARTY LICENSES NOTICES Please see acknowledgements notices at the end of this guide Nuance Communications Inc 1 Wayside Road Burlington MA 01803 4609 U S A Nuance Communications International BVBA International Headquarters Guldensporenpark 32 Building D BE 9820 Merelbeke Belgium CONTENTS WELCOME New features in OmniPage 17 INSTALLATION AND SETUP System requirements Installing OmniPage Setting up your scanner with OmniPage How to start the program Registering your software Activating OmniPage Uninstalling the software USING OMNIPAGE OmniPage Documents The OmniPage Desktop and Views Basic Processing Steps How to use OmniPage with PaperPort PROCESSING DOCUMENTS Processing methods Defining t
309. te Bindings E Basic Settings View Applications View Virtual Directories Manage Web Site w Restart D Start Stop Browse Web Site 8 Browse 80 http Advanced Settings Configure Failed Request Tracing Limits 3 The Add Application dialog appears Set up your web application with the following parameters e Alias PPDM e Physical path c Program Files PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 orthe directory you have specified in the INSTALLDIR property 4 Click OK to complete the web application creation 42 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide 3 Create a web application for product administration 1 Select the PPDM web application 2 Right click on it and select Add Application U neneomten seem lel gt BP NSAN Sites Default WebSite PPDM gt K fo File View Help B bplore NSAN NUANCE Nagy_San Edit Permissions l pplication Pools i a Basic Settings 4 Sites m nese 4 Default Web Site f View Virtual Directories b E App_Data 1 Manage Application b E aspnet_client Browse Application 8 Browse 80 http Advanced Settings Deploy Export Application Import Application Help Online Help Gs 3 The Add Application dialog appears Set up your web application with the following parameters e Alias ADMIN e Physical path c Program Files PPD
310. the PaperPort Help for additional details This table lists which features are available for creating each type of PDF in PaperPort 12 and PaperPort Professional 12 PaperPort Format PaperPort 12 Professional 12 PDF Image Scan or Get Photo Scan or Get Photo PDF Searchable Image PDF Formatted Text Print to PaperPort Save As Web Capture Scan or Get Photo Print to PaperPort Save As Web Capture Scan or Get Photo Print to PaperPort Save As Web Capture Duplicate Item Scan or Get Photo Print to PaperPort Save As Web Capture Duplicate Item Scan or Get Photo amp Graphics Print to PaperPort Duplicate Item Duplicate as PDF Web Capture must be run outside PaperPort See page 23 Duplicate item transmits the PDF flavor of the original to the copy Duplicate as PDF accepts non PDF files as input How to Get Help for PDF Create Nuance PDF Create has a comprehensive HTML Help system Access it through the Help system in PDF Viewer Plus or PDF Converter Professional or through the PDF Create menu in Microsoft Word Excel or PowerPoint Press F1 to open Help at the topic describing the currently open panel PaperPort Getting Started Guide 48 Using ScanDirect ScanDirect is a PaperPort program that enables you to scan items and send them directly to PaperPort or other programs on your computer without first running PaperPort ScanDirect runs as a separate program from the Windows Start Menu
311. the new tab and ribbon user interface please see the help topic Elements of the user interface Known issues with PDF image editing in PDF Viewer Plus Editing an image in PDF files in Image Viewer has some limitations this has been primarily designed for simple image only PDF files More complex PDF files may yield unexpected results If you do not know the origin of your PDF file and you get unexpected results when editing images embedded in a PDF it is a complex PDF with image effects already applied e In PDF Viewer selecting an area of an image and choosing Edit Image is not working Instead you should select the whole image and double click it to initiate the image editing of the embedded image in question e PDF files with overlapping objects are not supported for image editing e When clipping path is applied to an image in order to hide portions of the image while displaying after editing the clipping path is lost and the entire image will be displayed e For PDF files with certain image transformation matrixes the image editing operation might result in improperly updated or rotated image in the PDF file Use of Annotations on PDF files If you intend to use annotations on PDF files of any kind we suggest doing so in the new PDF Viewer Plus The annotations in the ImageView and ImageViewer are primarily to add text or notes to image files Annotations on images jpg bmp etc will become permanently applied to the image
312. the results directed to SharePoint e Unlimited Scan Profiles You can freely create and configure new Scan Profiles or remove unwanted ones e PDF MRC High Compression Create scanned color PDF files that are up to 8 times smaller than regular scanned documents e Professional Capture Assistant The Capture Assistant displays thumbnails of pages as they are scanned After scanning you can re order or rotate pages or add blank separator pages When you are done you can specify subject author and keywords for your items Closer integration with other Nuance products o If you have Nuance OmniPage on your system PaperPort cooperates with it more closely than ever providing cutting edge OCR page recognition services and high level PDF creation o PaperPort Professional 12 comes with integrated PDF Create enabling you to create smaller text based PDF files from applications and assemble PDF files quickly and easily from a variety of source documents PaperPort is also supplied in Special Editions to selected scanner manufacturers and other resellers The feature set in these editions may vary in line with each vendor s requirements Learning to use PaperPort To help you learn how to use PaperPort you ll find a wealth of information in our PaperPort How to Guides PaperPort Help Getting Started Guide PaperPort Release Notes Nuance Knowledge Base Know all the tips and tricks The PaperPort Help includes comprehens
313. ther images on a scanning device P pag g 8 e Add folders to PaperPort that already contain images and documents e Import files from other programs on your computer e Print documents from other programs to the PaperPort desktop e Drag or cut and paste images and documents from Windows Explorer or other programs to the PaperPort desktop e Acquire photos from a digital camera e Bring files into PaperPort Professional 12 using DesktopDelivery e Capture snapshots of web pages using a supplied but separate utility that runs on Windows XP B Scan to the PaperPort desktop PaperPort is designed to work with TWAIN and WIA compatible scanners Click the Scan Settings button to display the Scan or Get Photo pane Choose a scan profile Profiles are optimized for typical scanning tasks Then choose between using the native interface of the scanner or utilizing the new Scanner Settings pane of PaperPort for best scanning results To use the interface of the scanner driver mark the checkbox Display scanner dialog box Leaving it empty will put the scanned item onto the active Workspace Turn on the Capture Assistant to add subject author and keywords to items and in PaperPort Professional to view and control scanning progress Acquiring Items 21 When the scan is complete you will see your item on the PaperPort desktop If your scanner does not use a TWAIN or WIA device driver use the program th
314. tings on Windows XP To learn more about advanced folder settings refer to your operating system manual Without enabling advanced file sharing you will not see some dialog boxes referenced in the following section The server file system must be NTFS To provide SMB access to Temporary Storage 1 Open Windows Explorer and browse to the folder you want to use as the temporary storage We will use the c temp TemporaryStorage folder in this example 2 Click File gt Properties and select the Sharing tab then press the Advanced Sharing button On Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 click File gt Sharing and Security 3 Turn on the Share this folder option on the Sharing pane 4 Enter the following parameters e Share name TemporaryStorage e Comment Temporary media storage z Advanced Sharing x V Share this folder Settings Share name TemporaryStorage Limit the number of simultaneous users to 2 Comments Temporary media storage Cem f cae ay 5 Click the Permissions button 6 Click the Add button 7 Turn on Full Control for the PSPUser account In our example PSPUser is a dedicated account that will be used by the device and the DesktopDeliveryPSP clients to access the TemporaryStorage 18 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide a J Permissions for TemporaryStorage Te PSPUser BP NSAN PSPUser Pemnissions for P
315. tlined in the Configuration section p 12 Configuration If you wish to use Simple Authentication please follow the Simple Authentication steps outlined below For Kerberos Authentication follow the Kerberos configuration steps Windows Authentication NTLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 Open a browser and load http lt ip address gt 8080 aaa Allow 2 3 minutes for the page to display Select the Windows Authentication NTLM radio option Enter the host name in the Host text field Enter the Domain name in the Domain field Enter the MFP Admin password in the MFP Admin password text field and click the Set Authentication Settings button note that the default admin password on MFP s is ricoh if it has not already been set Close the browser Active Directory with Simple Authentication LDAP 1 2 3 Open a browser and load http lt ip address gt 8080 aaa Allow 2 3 minutes for the page to display Select the Active Directory with Simple Authentication LDAP radio option Enter the host name in the Host text field Enter the Domain name in the Domain field Enter the MFP Admin password in the MFP Admin password text field and click the Set Authentication Settings button note that the default admin password on MFP s is ricoh if it has not already been set Close the browser Active Directory with Kerberos Authentication Kerberos LDAP 1 2 3 Open a browser and load http lt ip address gt 8080
316. to re process the whole page When on the fly editing is enabled zone changes deleting drawing resizing changing type immediately make changes in the recognized page Conversely when you modify elements in the Text Editor s True Page formatting level this changes the zones on that page Two linked tools on the Image toolbar control on the fly zoning One of these tools is always active whenever no recognition is in progress Click this to activate on the fly editing The red signal shows there are no stored zoning changes nn Click this to turn on the fly editing off Your zoning changes are stored the on the fly tool displays a green signal to show there are stored changes To activate these changes do one of the following e Click the on the fly tool with a green signal The zoning changes will cause changes in the Text Editor Click the Perform OCR button to have the whole page re recognized including your zone changes For details on how changes are handled in on the fly zoning and their effects in the Text Editor see On the fly processing in Help Chapter 4 On the fly editing 68 Marking and redacting The Mark Text toolbar gives you tools to mark highlight or strike out and to redact text Use the View menu to have this toolbar displayed You can float or ase ave m D dock this tool group Each tool has its PROFESSIONAL equivalent menu item in the Format menu or the Text Editor shortcut menu Redactin
317. to the Proofing panel under Options and disable dictionary word marking automatic proofreading and IntelliTrain and ensure that no training file is loaded Redaction can be applied to Asian texts either by selection or searching The workflow step Form Data Extraction should not be applied to Asian pages Typical output converters for Asian texts are RTF Microsoft Word Searchable PDF or XPS The text direction will be as detected during pre processing Changes made in the Text Editor where text is horizontal will be exported also to vertical text Plain Text converters are available Unicode TXT Notepad but here text direction will always be horizontal Training Training is the process of changing the OCR solutions assigned to character shapes in the image It is useful for uniformly degraded documents or when an unusual typeface is used throughout a document OmniPage 17 offers two types of training manual training and automatic training IntelliTrain Data coming from both types of training are combined and available for saving to a training file When you leave a page on which training data was generated you will be asked how to apply it to other existing pages in the document Chapter 4 Training 63 Manual training To do manual training place the insertion point in front of the character you want to train or select a group of characters up to one word and choose Train Character from the Tools menu or the shortcut
318. to use the Software on such third party s behalf for the primary purpose of obviating the third party s need to license the Software itself or g copy the printed materials accompanying the Software As between Licensee and Nuance any changes to modifications to or derivative works of the Software shall become the exclusive property of Nuance TERMINATION Without prejudice to any other rights Nuance may terminate this Agreement if Licensee breaches any of its terms and conditions Upon termination Licensee shall destroy all copies of the Software PROPRIETARY RIGHTS Title ownership rights and intellectual property rights in the Software shall remain in Nuance and or its suppliers or licensors Licensee acknowledges such ownership and intellectual property rights and will not take any action to jeopardize limit or interfere in any manner with Nuance s or its suppliers or licensors ownership of or rights with respect to the Software The Software is protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws and by international treaties DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE RELATED DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED ON AN AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE WARRANTIES THAT IT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGING THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE IS BORNE BY LICENSEE SHOULD THE
319. to zone the pages Manual a Manual processing gives you more precise LS control over the way your pages are handled You can process the document page by page with different settings for each page The program also stops between each step SS acquiring images performing recognition exporting This lets you for instance draw zones manually or change recognition language s You start each step by clicking the three buttons on the OmniPage Toolbox Chapter 3 Processing documents 30 1 Use button one to get a set of images 2 Manually zone pages where you want to process only part of the page or if you want to give precise zoning instructions Use ignore backgrounds or zones to exclude areas from processing Use process backgrounds or zones to specify areas to be auto zoned 3 Use button two to have the pages recognized 4 Do proofing and editing as desired 5 Use button three to save your results The default for manual processing is to have all entered pages automatically selected This way you can have all new pages recognized by a single mouse click You can remove this default in the Process panel of the Options dialog box Combined You can process a document automatically and view results in the Text Editor If most pages are in order but a few have not turned out as expected you can switch to manual processing to adjust settings and re recognize just those problem pages Alternatively you can acquire image
320. top Module or OCR Module You will need to remove Nuance and ScanSoft PDF Products as well as PaperPort and OmniPage before Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 can be installed Personal Paperless Document Manager 2 Getting Started Guide Note On some systems before the setup program continues with component installation a Windows Installer program launches to update necessary system files After these files are installed a message appears instructing you to reboot your system When Windows restarts the installation automatically continues Finishing the installation As the final step of the installation the product gets activated silently provided that the serial number has been entered precisely After the installation DesktopDeliveryPSP is inactive and you must configure it for proper functioning Right click on its icon in the system tray and choose the Settings command The DesktopDeliveryPSP Settings dialog appears Use this to configure the program DesktopDeliveryPSP is designed to monitor a aspecified folder on a networked file server or local drive for incoming scanned images and or an email inbox and or Multifunction Printers Copiers using the PSP Server for Personalized MFP Scanning functionality Refer to the DesktopDeliveryPSP PDF document available from the Start Menu under AII Programs gt PPDM gt Desktop Module 12 for information about setting up and using DesktopDeliveryPSP Uninstall
321. topDeliveryPSP The PaperPort folder selected in the Transfer Documents to section is not used by the Personalized MFP Scanning function Interval for checking To set how often the watched folder or monitored inbox will be checked select a setting from the Interval for checking list box This interval is also used by the Personalized MFP Scanning functionality to process the documents you scanned remotely The following choices are available from the list box a 1 2 5 10 or 30 seconds a 1 2 3 5 10 30 or 60 minutes In addition to the above values you could also select Never In this case DesktopDeliveryPSP will continue running but watching is suspended Use Defaults Button To restore default Watch Settings for DesktopDeliveryPSP click the Use Defaults button This restores the default watch interval 30 seconds Note If you have configured default parameter values during installation Use Defaults restores those values For details see Customized Install Get Now Button Click the Get Now button if you wish to scan the folder or inbox of your choice immediately DesktopDeliveryPSP does the monitoring on whichever component is checked In either case the relevant signal of the DesktopDeliveryPSP icon on the system tray changes to Processing state light green DesktopDeliveryPSP places the new items appearing in the watched folder or inbox on the PaperPort desktop and launches the PaperPort application
322. tributable 32 bit systems 1 Runvcredist9 x86 exe a to copy the files to the distribution point 2 Use the unpacked vc_RED sI for product installation 64 bit systems 1 Complete the installation of vcredist9_x86 exe as described in the previous step then repeat it for the 64 bit component 2 Todothis runvcredist9 x64 exe a MSXML 4 0 Parser Copy the Msxm14 SP3 msi file as administrative image to the distribution point Installation order Before starting to install any component of PPDMv2 ensure that the relevant prerequisites are installed on the target computer Once the redistributable packages are installed the different components can be installed in any combination Preferred installation order of components 1 Microsoft Visual C 2005 and 2008 vcredist msi VC_RED MSI Redistributables PaperPort Image Printer PaperPort Image Printer msi or PaperPort Image Printer 64bit msi PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 msi RealSpeak Solo RSSolo msi N Distributing administrative images Active Directory Active Directory is a feature of Windows Server Group Policy a component of Active Directory enables an administrator to automatically distribute programs administrative images to client computers or users There are three methods to distribute programs by Group Policy a Publish to Users Assign to Users and a Assign to Computers The software components of PPDMv2 suppo
323. tributing administrative images The Command Line and msiexec 2 22 2 2 22 2 e eee cece eect eee ee ees 10 Removing installed components 08 2 gave eeiiacey dete ha Ses leet dope coe Saag ee See st ae esa eee ees 11 Introduction This guide provides instructions for installing the software associated with Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 in a network environment Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 is referred to as PPDMv2 in this document Targeted users are administrators Information Technology specialists or programmers who set up or perform network installations It assumes the reader is familiar with Microsoft Windows 2003 2008 Server with Active Directory in addition to program package setup advertising and distribution Network installation enables a network administrator to manage and distribute software applications without the need to visit each client system The target client machines include Windows XP SP3 Windows Vista SP2 and Windows 7 Both 32 bit and 64 bit operating systems are supported If you are upgrading and you have any previous versions of the PPDM software components on client systems uninstall them first and proceed with the installation only after that In the installation sequence administrative images of the applications the PPDMv2 components should be created on the server first Then the server must be configured to automatically distribute the created administrative images to client co
324. tructions Follow the guidance on each screen to install the software Installation and un installation require Administrator rights PaperPort installation comprises three elements that are installed in a single process e PaperPort program also includes ImageViewer ScanDirect and Scanner Setup Wizard e PDF Viewer Plus in PaperPort Professional this includes PDF Create e PaperPort Image Printer PDF Viewer Plus is not installed if the top line Nuance product PDF Converter Professional is detected on the computer version 5 or above because it provides all the functionality of PDF Viewer Plus and much more additionally To install PaperPort launch the Autorun executable select an installation language if offered accept or change the program location The program location must be a local folder on your computer If PDF Viewer Plus is to be installed you have two checkmarks Set Nuance PDF as your default viewer for Windows and Internet Explorer This sets PDF Viewer Plus as your system default PDF viewer PDF files on the PaperPort desktop are by default opened in a Nuance PDF product If you select this option PDF files that are double clicked anywhere on your system will open in PDF Viewer Plus Install all Nuance PDF button and menu application add ins This places a Nuance PDF ribbon or toolbar in Microsoft Word Excel PowerPoint Outlook and Internet and Windows Explorer and Corel WordPerfect allowing PDF Create to make PDF files from the cur
325. tside PaperPort Right click on any PaperPort folder and select DesktopDelivery from the shortcut menu Folder Properties Green Location D My Documents My PaperPort Documents Desktop efvery Folder Settings V Deliver files from your e mail folder Microsoft Outlook Inbox For PaperPort Monitored e mail inbox folder r 1 Deliver files from a network or local folder D Incoming Repats Monitored folder Convert documents to PDF T Automatically add keywords from Folder Notes I Addto Alki One Search File Properes Cancal Help You can auto add item properties to PDF and MAX files entering the selected DesktopDelivery folder Refer to the PaperPort How to Guides or Help for details Import pictures from your camera To bring digital photos on the PaperPort desktop first plug your camera in If your device is displayed as a drive you can start acquiring your files If your camera does not support this kind of operation and its driver is installed properly its TWAIN or WIA interface will display enabling you to import images from it Do not edit the images on your camera in place not all editing produces the desired result first time Instead bring your files into PaperPort and use the SET tools to enhance them Acquiring Items 25 Touching Up Images When you display an image item in the Image View window PaperPort provides several tools you can use to adjust or improve your image Fo
326. u can also add tags to PDF files to have their logical structure paragraphs titles pictures tables cells etc identified and logged 22 PDF Printing In addition to the usual print choices you can choose to print the PDF with or without comments You can also print form fields only allowing you to print an empty form fill it electronically and then print your responses onto the empty form The Imposition tools lets you to prepare PDF pages for physical printing Table of Contents Insert a Table of Contents in your document based on bookmarks Open the bookmark panel set bookmarks and their ranking then choose Table of Contents from the bookmark panel s shortcut menu The TOC is useful when the PDF is physically printed and bookmarks are no longer available PDF Document comparison This lets you compare two PDF files with similar content typically an earlier and later version of one document Access this from the Document menu then choose to see a visual or a textual comparison with a side by side or combined presentation The latter shows only one document and marks object or text changes new text is underlined while deleted text appears in a marker tooltip PDF to Word Document comparison PDF Professional is able to compare a PDF file with a particular version of a Word file typically this will be the file the PDF was made from It can show which changes were made since the PDF was created The comparison is made
327. uick View only when you have no opened document and it can handle only one input file and one output document at a time The picture shows the default appearance Processing Page Image buttons panel title LLL Quick Quick Convert Convert toolbar Options on toggled tab with Easy Loader Quick Convert Options Page Image document source and layout output text format formatting level output folder and file name saving options page range Chapter 2 The OmniPage Desktop and Views 25 The Easy Loader is by default on a tab that toggles with the Quick Convert Options panel A Help panel can be added but further panels are not available in this view You can change tabs to separate panels and minimize them as in other views After loading a file you should convert it before loading the next file When an image conversion is finished you do not need to explicitly close the image just load a new file The Easy Loader in Quick View provides an additional feature one click processing Choose the Easy Loader sub menu in the Process menu and choose either Load Files or Get and Convert When the latter is chosen multiple files can be selected these files are loaded recognized and saved using the current settings For this set the output file names to be the same as the source file names See Chapter 4 page 36 and Help for detail The Quick View Page Image panel includes the Quick Convert toolbar offering the
328. unless you have specified Don t run PaperPort in the DesktopDeliveryPSP Settings dialog When documents are retrieved Setting Now that you have set the DesktopDeliveryPSP repository folder and the watch interval specify the behavior you prefer for document retrieval The When documents are retrieved setting offers three choices described in the following table Select this setting To get this result Run PaperPort in a window Every time DesktopDeliveryPSP detects a new document in the folder on the PSP Server and or inbox being watched it places it in PaperPort which is then opened on your Windows desktop It then purges the original scanned document from the folder or PSP Server being watched If it brings a PDF or TIFF email attachment to the PaperPort desktop the original email message remains in the email inbox but its status will switch to Read Run PaperPort minimized Same as above but PaperPort runs minimized Later when you open PaperPort all scanned documents will be on the PaperPort desktop Don t run PaperPort Documents are transferred into the target folder but are not placed on the PaperPort desktop until you launch PaperPort If DesktopDeliveryPSP is watching a folder or polling email the target folder is set under Transfer documents to If the PSP Server is watched the target folder is set on the device panel Personalized MFP Scanning Personalized MFP Scanning is the ability to cha
329. up with the Administration application Your application server and SMB shared folder are now ready to be registered to the Ricoh devices First collect some information about your network and your device to proceed 24 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide Device properties IP address aace e g 10 140 24 30 Application server properties IP address or name e g 10 140 1 1 Of rocket Administration Tool URL g http 10 140 1 1 PPDM admin File server properties IP address or name e g 10 140 1 1 Or rocket SMB share path e g rocket TemporaryStorage All examples are illustrations only and have to be replaced with your own environment settings Steps to launch the Administration Tool To launch the Administration tool 1 Choose Start Menu gt All Programs gt PPDM gt PSP Delivery Module 3 gt Administration Tool or type the Administration Tool URL http 10 140 1 1 PPDM admin into a browser If IIS is not permitted to serve dynamic content you may get HTTP Error 404 File or Directory not found For guidelines on how to resolve this problem see http support microsoft com kb 315122 2 Depending on your network security settings an authentication dialog may display Log in as an administrator the administration task involves modification of local files 3 Select your interface language from the following En
330. ur security risk Programs and Services Name Network Diagnostics for Windows XP Remote Assistance O Remote Desktop O UPhP Framework World Wide Web Services HTTP Add Program Add Pott Display a notification when Windows Firewall blocks a program What are the risks of allowing exceptions Firewall settings for Windows Server 2008 The following steps describe the necessary steps for configuring the firewall on Windows Server 2008 11 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide 1 Click Control Panel gt Windows Firewall Windows Firewall Turn Windows Firewall on or Windows Firewall off Windows Firewall can help prevent hackers or malicious software from gaining access to your Allow SPISA through computer through the Internet or network Windows Firewall firewall help protect my computer Windows Firewall is on Change settings Inbound connections that do not have an exception are blocked Display a notification when a program is blocked No Network location Private network What are network locations See also Network Center 3 Ensure that the Block all incoming connections setting is unchecked Windows Firewall Settings xj 12 PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server Administrator s Guide 4 Ensure that the World Wide Web Services HTTP is checked under the Exceptions tab Windows Firewall Settings OSca
331. us W Next NOY 1 2006 12 41PH 10 Select Off to all the management options p 16 11 Exit from User Tools after pressing Ok 12 Press User Tool then press Extended Feature Settings 13 Press Uninstall then press each of the following components and follows the on screen instructions to uninstall no need to reboot MFP in between JavaTM Platform 14 After un install all the above components power off the MFP 15 Remove SD card 16 Power on MFP p 17 Troubleshooting General e MFP Network Settings IP Address Mask Gateway and DNS Settings need to be configured correctly Active Directory with Kerberos Authentication e There can not be more than a five minute time difference between the KDC server win 2003 and the client MFP and the both need to be configured to have the same time zone e A reverse lookup entry must exist on DNS for the KDC server p 18 Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 DesktopDeliveryPSP About this product Personal Paperless Document Manager v2 includes DesktopDeliveryPSP which is designed to work in any combination of the following ways a It can monitor a specified folder on a networked file server or local drive for incoming scanned images and transfer them to your local PaperPort Desktop a It can monitor email inboxes for attachments It can receive files from select Multifunction Printer Copiers using the PSP Serve
332. use the Desktop Module PSP Virtual Scanner tool to work with scanning profiles It is automatically installed along with DesktopDeliveryPSP The Virtual Scanner is a tool for scanning profile management It is not intended for scanning a STOP sign along with explanation text reminds you of this when you try the operation OK Button Click OK in the DesktopDeliveryPSP Settings dialog box to confirm DesktopDeliveryPSP settings Context menu commands The following commands are available through the context menu Get Now Use this command for the same purpose as the corresponding button in the DesktopDeliveryPSP Settings dialog For details see the Get Now button Use Defaults Use this command for the same purpose as the corresponding button in the DesktopDeliveryPSP Settings dialog For details see the Use Defaults button Refresh Defaults If your system administrator has set up default destinations workflows or profiles for you they will not appear on the device panel until you restart DesktopDeliveryPSP or use this command to refresh these defaults View Log To get information about program events right click the DesktopDeliveryPSP icon then choose the View Log command Click OK to close this panel or the Clear Log button to delete your current list of events 11 About To get version and copytight information about DesktopDeliveryPSP right click the DesktopDeliveryPSP icon to display its menu Click the About
333. utton under the Anonymous access and authentication control section The Authentication Methods dialog displays oo Mark the Anonymous access checkbox 9 Mark the Integrated Windows authentication checkbox ES Authentication Methods v Anonymous access No user name password required to access this resource HTTP Headers Custom Errors ASP NET Virtual Directory Documents Directory Security Account used for anonymous access Username IUSR_MACHINENAME Browse Anonymous access and authentication control authentication methods for this resource Enable anonymous access and edit the bs Password V Allow IIS to control password IP address and domain name restrictions Authenticated access For the following authentication methods user name and password are required when anonymous access is disabled or access is restricted using NTFS access control lists Secure communications Basic authentication password is sent in clear text Require secure communications and SB enable client certificates when this Default domain resource is accessed 3 Realm V Integrated Windows authentication Cook Cancel Help Cox ca 10 Click OK to close the Authentication Methods dialog 11 Select the Documents pane 12 Click the Add button 13 Enter Index aspx and click OK 14 Select the ASP NET pane 15 Choose 2 0 50727
334. when non standard character encoding is detected but you can require it for any conversion under Processing Options in the Converter Assistant Handling Image only Pages Pages without a text layer are a special case for conversion You can decide how the program should handle these pages convert them with the built in Optical Character Recognition OCR transfer them as images to the target document or skip them You can require inspection of the first pages up to ten in files you open Optionally you can set conversion to be stopped if no text layer pages are detected If you have Nuance OmniPage you can use this to have more control over the recognition process Language Support PDF Converter supports over 100 languages including Danish Dutch English Finnish French German Italian Norwegian Polish Portuguese Spanish and Swedish The program can convert multi lingual documents A full list of supported languages is provided in Help Correct language choice is important for converting image only 40 pages and handling non standard encoding A new choice is Auto detect which is designed for unattended processing where input image only PDFs might be in different languages This examines each PDF and assigns a language to it choosing from the 22 languages with dictionary support SharePoint and other DMS support The is available for the program when it is supplied as part of PDF Converter Enterprise 7 PDF or XPS
335. wing Microsoft Knowledge Base article 816102 HOW TO Use Group Policy to Remotely Install Software in Windows Server 2003 and in Windows Server 2008 To remove installed software components using Microsoft Installer MSI use the following command line msiexec x lt Product Code gt qn Where the lt Product Code gt of PPDMv2 software components are the following Common in all releases Software component Product Code PaperPort Image Printer 32 bit 6EF2 FDAB 7FBF 4AB9 92CD 5 94BDDB6A56B PaperPort Image Printer 64 bit 715CAACC 579B 4831 A5F4 A83A8 DE3EFE2 RealSpeak Solo 4ACCBA8CA 4819 4C0 9 A2FA 42CD5168AEC7 English only release Software component Product Code PPDM Desktop Module 12 705FEB18 CE5F 4F9B AC95 984AF3A0146E PPDM OCR Module 17 22255452 EA70 4912 AD18 1DA9AE412 PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 32 bit E191C4 B9E E 17883C4E4E PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 64 bit ACO54B17 81B4 486F 8137 E421635 French and Spanish releases PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 32 bit PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 64 bit C6303194 2687 4469 875E D775689FF2EC Brazilian Portuguese Italian and German release Software component Product Code PPDM Desktop Module 12 E603C 62B8 48C5 8CD1 745C5E8F4294 PPDM PDF Converter Module 7 32 bit DB5 7AFDA D6AB 4E44 A764 E40D3BA3 0EEE
336. within Word the result can be displayed in a temporary file that you can save if required PDF splitting You can split large PDF files into a set of smaller ones so they are easier to distribute Access this from the Document menu and choose splitting criteria by file size blank pages number of pages bookmarks document structure etc You can also extract pages by criteria that you specify 23 PDF portfolios Portfolios let you collect a set of documents relating to a particular topic for convenient distribution PDF Professional provides this by extending the previous PDF Create support for packages A portfolio is superior to a package because it can contain documents of differing file types all documents in a package must be PDF files as well as folders and folder structures Support for displaying non PDF pages is added Package PDF files PDF Create lets you select a set of files and have their copies grouped in a single PDF package file Any non PDF files you select enter the package as PDF files To include non PDF files in a package in their original format open a package open a PDF inside it and attach these files You can add a cover page to the package Help explains how different PDF programs let you use and unpack received packages Place files in an Envelope This is similar to packaging files but in this case the files become attachments to the enclosing PDF and keep their original file types An envelope file a
337. wledge Base for information related to a particular concern or to find answers to a specific question To launch your web browser and go directly to the Nuance web site select Nuance on the Web on the Help ribbon Thank you for using PaperPort software Ns NUANCE www nuance com Copyright 2009 Nuance Communications Inc All rights reserved Subject to change without prior notice Nuance the Nuance logo ScanSoft PaperPort ScanDirect SET DesktopDelivery and OmniPage are registered trademarks or trademarks of Nuance Communications Inc or its affiliates in the United States of America and or other countries All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Powered by LIN NUANCE Personal Paperless Document Manager Quick Reference Guide LEGAL NOTICES Copyright 2010 Nuance Communications Inc All rights reserved No part of this publication may be transmitted transcribed reproduced stored in any retrieval system or translated into any language or computer language in any form or by any means mechanical electronic magnetic optical chemical manual or otherwise without prior written consent from Nuance Communications Inc 1 Wayside Road Burlington Massachusetts 01803 4609 U S A The software described in this book is furnished under license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license IMPORTANT NOTICE Nuance Communications Inc provides thi
338. xt zone Use this to draw a text zone for vertical text that is right rotated non Asian languages only The zones should be rectangular Chapter 3 Zones and backgrounds 50 far Table zone Use this to have the zone contents treated as a table Table grids can be automatically detected or placed manually Table zones should be rectangular Vertical texts in tables cannot be zoned manually they can be auto detected in gridded tables Graphic zone Use this to enclose a picture diagram drawing signature or anything you want transferred to the Text Editor as an embedded image and not as recognized text Form zone kd Use this to enclose an area of your document containing form elements such as a checkbox radio button text field or anything you want transferred to the Text Editor as a form element Afterwards in True Page you can edit form layout and modify the properties of form elements Form zones are available in OmniPage Professional 17 only Working with zones The Image toolbar provides zone editing tools Grouped tools can be undocked floated an re LA docked asa separate mini toolbar for convenience One is always selected When you no longer want the service of a tool click a different tool Some tools on this toolbar are grouped If docked as a single tool only the last selected tool from the group is visible To select a visible tool click it To draw a single zone select the zone drawing tool of the desir
339. y are already installed on your machine for example through Windows update The installer checks for the necessary prerequisites before component installation a If IIS is not present it reports the problem and installation stops You have to install IIS and restart the server installation a The NET component is not checked and inactive if it is already present on the computer otherwise it is checked ThePPDM component is always checked and is inactive If Java Runtime Environment version 1 5 or later is present on the computer the option is not selected and is inactive If JRE 1 4 or earlier is present on the computer or there is no JRE it is checked by default and can be unchecked A separate installer program for each component launches Follow the installation instructions for each component When the installation finishes you can choose to check the Windows Installer log if you have Windows Installer 4 5 or later JH PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 InstallShield Wizard 3 InstallShield Wizard Completed The InstallShield Wizard has successfully installed PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Click Finish to exit the wizard E Show the Windows Installer log PPDM PSP Delivery Module 3 Server During the installation make sure that the IP address is the same as the IP Address on the Web Site tab in the IIS Management Console for details see section Checking your IIS settings Service set
340. you click the checkbox your password will be stored in an encrypted format and will not be prompted for again Note that if Lotus Notes is installed but is not configured properly or not set for any users email polling will not work and DesktopDeliveryPSP will display an error message during configuring the program or the left hand side light indicator in the program icon will turn red during monitoring Folder Polling Enable this setting to monitor a specified folder on a networked file server or local drive for incoming scanned images generated by a Ricoh device Watch Document Repository Folder Click this checkbox in the DesktopDeliveryPSP Settings dialog to enable DesktopDeliveryPSP to monitor the folder of your choice Browse Button Click the Browse button to locate and select the folder you want DesktopDeliveryPSP to monitor Browse to the network server that contains the folder to be watched select the folder and click OK DesktopDeliveryPSP can periodically monitor this folder to see if any scanned images are placed there by the Ricoh system Warning we strongly recommend that you do not choose the same folder that is used for Personalized MFP Scanning Transfer documents to To specify where DesktopDeliveryPSP is to place the retrieved files click Browse and choose a PaperPort folder If the target folder has folder notes subject author and keywords then these will be applied to the files delivered by Desk

PERSONAL PAPERLESS DOCUMENT MANAGER v2

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents